Dundulanyä: Difference between revisions

From Linguifex
Jump to navigation Jump to search
 
(327 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
{{Ambox
| name  = construction
| subst = <includeonly>{{subst:substcheck}}</includeonly>
| small = {{{small|no}}}
| type  = notice
| image = [[File:cutting.png|65px]]
| sect  = {{{1|}}}
| issue = is a '''construction site'''. This project is currently undergoing significant construction and/or revamp. By all means, take a look around, thank you.
| talk  = {{{talk|}}}
| date  = {{{date|}}}
}}
{{Infobox language
{{Infobox language
<!--|image            =  
<!--|image            =  
Line 24: Line 13:
|created          = Dec 2021
|created          = Dec 2021
|familycolor      = australian
|familycolor      = australian
|fam1              = East Mandabudi <small>''(areal)''</small>
|fam1              = East Taktapṣaikhulu <small>''(areal)''</small>
|ancestor          = Pre-Dundulanyä
|ancestor          = Pre-Dundulanyä
|creator          = [[User:Lili21|Lili21]]
|creator          = [[User:Lili21|Lili21]]
Line 41: Line 30:
Dundulanyä itself has a long history, being first attested about 2400 years before the present in the areas of Central Lusaṃrīte, where the Dundulanyä civilization first developed; through successive empires and religious proselytism, people and language spread across many areas of the continent - most notably Dundulanyä-ifying the north shore of the Inland Seas by the end of Classical Lusaṃrītene Antiquity. As the dominant civilization of Lusaṃrīte, the Dundulanyä spread their language to become the main lingua franca of trade and culture in most of the continent and in eastern Jūhma; the massive demographical changes brought by the epidemics that were the result of increased contact with the civilizations of the northern hemisphere effectively enabled the Dundulanyä culture to spread in areas where formerly other civilizations were dominant. By the modern and contemporary eras, a more standardized version of classical Dundulanyä remained the lingua franca among multiple peoples across Lusaṃrīte and Jūhma, and the situation remained more or less the same after the collapse of the Fifth Dundulanyä Empire and through the Three Leagues Period.
Dundulanyä itself has a long history, being first attested about 2400 years before the present in the areas of Central Lusaṃrīte, where the Dundulanyä civilization first developed; through successive empires and religious proselytism, people and language spread across many areas of the continent - most notably Dundulanyä-ifying the north shore of the Inland Seas by the end of Classical Lusaṃrītene Antiquity. As the dominant civilization of Lusaṃrīte, the Dundulanyä spread their language to become the main lingua franca of trade and culture in most of the continent and in eastern Jūhma; the massive demographical changes brought by the epidemics that were the result of increased contact with the civilizations of the northern hemisphere effectively enabled the Dundulanyä culture to spread in areas where formerly other civilizations were dominant. By the modern and contemporary eras, a more standardized version of classical Dundulanyä remained the lingua franca among multiple peoples across Lusaṃrīte and Jūhma, and the situation remained more or less the same after the collapse of the Fifth Dundulanyä Empire and through the Three Leagues Period.


Today, Dundulanyä is the official language of the Confederation of the United Dundulanyä Republics (''laḫlurayäh dundulanyäɂi lilēṣkorukṣartē śūsmurdibēṣarān''), the multicultural political entity that is dominant throughout Lusaṃrīte and Jūhma; the standard language is a heavily standardized version of the classical language, with many of the less regular forms having fallen out of use after one millennium of being essentially a L2 for the totality of its speakers; high style language and creative usage, however, still uses forms that have fallen out of use in the everyday language. Dundulanyä, along with any of the regional languages of the Confederation, is the main language for its 1,9 billion inhabitants, a number to which should be added a substantial amount of foreign users in virtually all other countries in Lusaṃrīte and Jūhma.
Today, Dundulanyä is the official language of the Confederation of the United Dundulanyä Republics (''laḫlurayäh dundulanyäɂi lileṣkorukṣarte śūsmurdibeṣarān''), the multicultural political entity that is dominant throughout Lusaṃrīte and Jūhma; the standard language is a heavily standardized version of the classical language, with many of the less regular forms having fallen out of use after one millennium of being essentially a L2 for the totality of its speakers; high style language and creative usage, however, still uses forms that have fallen out of use in the everyday language. Dundulanyä, along with any of the regional languages of the Confederation, is the main language for its 1,9 billion inhabitants, a number to which should be added a substantial amount of foreign users in virtually all other countries in Lusaṃrīte and Jūhma.


Both the language and the setting are still under construction: see the [[Dundulanyä#External history|External history section on this page]] for more.
Both the language and the setting are still under construction: see the [[Dundulanyä#External history|External history section on this page]] for more.


==Internal history==
==Internal history==
The relationship of Dundulanyä to other languages is poorly understood, given the limited attestations of neighboring languages contemporary to archaic Dundulanyä. It is classified as an East Mandabudi language, an areal grouping that includes Dundulanyä and some ancient - and scarcely attested - languages of that area based on some criteria that have been found, such as active-stative alignment, a Dundulanyä-like possessive system, a duodecimal number system, and heavily inflected nouns, that are not found in the most thoroughly attested languages of that era, the neighboring West Mandabudi and Dailishi languages.
The relationship of Dundulanyä to other languages is poorly understood, given the limited attestations of neighboring languages contemporary to archaic Dundulanyä. It is classified as an East Taktapṣaikhulu language, an areal grouping that includes Dundulanyä and some ancient - and scarcely attested - languages of that area based on some criteria that have been found, such as Austronesian-type alignment, a possessive system like the one of Dundulanyä itself, a duodecimal number system, and heavily inflected nouns, that are not found in the most thoroughly attested languages of that era, the neighboring West Taktapṣaikhulu and Dailishi languages.


==Phonology==
==Phonology (''yāṃsaśodda'')==
Dundulanyä has a moderately large, but asymmetrical, vowel inventory with six short and four long vowels, along with three diphthongs and two consonants (short and long versions of the same one) that can fill the syllable nucleus.
Dundulanyä has a moderately large, but asymmetrical, vowel inventory with six short and four long vowels, along with two diphthongs and two consonants (short and long versions of the same one) that can fill the syllable nucleus.
{| class="redtable lightredbg" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+ Vowels - ''camiyāṃsai''
|-
|-
! !! Front !! Central !! Back
! !! Front !! Central !! Back
Line 61: Line 51:
|-
|-
! Open-mid  
! Open-mid  
| {{IPA|ɛ ɛː}} ||
| {{IPA|ɛ}} ||
|-
|-
! Open
! Open
Line 67: Line 57:
|-
|-
! Diphthongs
! Diphthongs
| {{IPA|aɪ̯ eɪ̯}} || || {{IPA|aʊ̯}}
| {{IPA|aɪ̯}} || || {{IPA|aʊ̯}}
|-
|-
! Syllabic consonants
! Syllabic consonants
| colspan=3 | {{IPA|ʀ̩ ʀ̩ː}}  
| colspan=3 | {{IPA|ʀ̩ ʀ̩ː}}  
|}
|}
The two diphthongs {{IPA|/aɪ̯ aʊ̯/}} were most likely realized as {{IPA|[aɪ̯ aʊ̯]}} in Classical Dundulanyä and that one is considered the most literary and formal pronunciation today, however, it is most commonly used by speakers from the North Shore (excluding Līlah), parts of Śola, the Śusopai (Western Lusaṃrīte) and most of Jūhma. The majority of speakers - in Taktapṣikha, Śubhāla, the Toyubeshian islands, Western Jūhma, and the majority of inland Central and Southern Lusaṃrīte pronounce them as {{IPA|[ɛɪ̯ ɔʊ̯]}}. In Northern Lusaṃrīte and southwards along the coast including the city of Līlah and the Dendāɂneye, as well as in some of the northern islands, the intermediate pronunciation {{IPA|[æɪ̯ ɑʊ̯]}} with more open but non-centralized first elements are most commonly heard.


The consonant inventory is more complex, with a pattern of “soft” and “hard” consonants traditionally recognized by classical Dundulanyä grammarians, not on a phonetic basis but starting from their relationship inside Dundulanyä morphology. In most cases, the difference is based on aspiration.
The consonant inventory is more complex, with a pattern of “soft” and “hard” consonants traditionally recognized by classical Dundulanyä grammarians, not on a phonetic basis but starting from their relationship inside Dundulanyä morphology. In most cases, the difference is based on aspiration.


{| class="redtable lightredbg" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
Dundulanyä has, among many points of articulations, a series of linguolabial consonants, which are common in its geographical area (in most of northern and central Lūsaṃrīte) but are otherwise extremely rare on Eventoa.
 
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+ Consonants - ''hīmbayāṃsai''
|-
|-
! colspan=2 rowspan=2 | → PoA <br/> ↓ Manner !! colspan=2 | Labials !! colspan=2 | Dentals !! colspan=2 | Retroflexes !! colspan=2 | Palatals !! colspan=2 | Velars !! colspan=2 | Laryngeals
! colspan=2 rowspan=2 | → PoA <br/> ↓ Manner !! colspan=2 | Labials !! colspan=2 | Linguolabials !! colspan=2 | Dentals !! colspan=2 | Retroflexes !! colspan=2 | Palatals !! colspan=2 | Velars !! colspan=2 | Laryngeals
|-
|-
! <small>Soft</small> !! <small>Hard</small> !! <small>Soft</small> !! <small>Hard</small> !! <small>Soft</small> !! <small>Hard</small> !! <small>Soft</small> !! <small>Hard</small> !! <small>Soft</small> !! <small>Hard</small> !! <small>Soft</small> !! <small>Hard</small>
! <small>Soft</small> !! <small>Hard</small> !! <small>Soft</small> !! <small>Hard</small> !! <small>Soft</small> !! <small>Hard</small> !! <small>Soft</small> !! <small>Hard</small> !! <small>Soft</small> !! <small>Hard</small> !! <small>Soft</small> !! <small>Hard</small> !! <small>Soft</small> !! <small>Hard</small>
|-
|-
! colspan=2 | Nasals
! colspan=2 | Nasals
| colspan=2 | {{IPA|m}} || colspan=2 | {{IPA|n}} || colspan=2 | {{IPA|ɳ}} || colspan=2 | {{IPA|ɲ}} || colspan=2 | {{IPA|ŋ}}<sup>1</sup> || colspan=2 |
| colspan=2 | {{IPA|m}} || colspan=2 | {{IPA|n̼}} || colspan=2 | {{IPA|n}} || colspan=2 | {{IPA|ɳ}} || colspan=2 | {{IPA|ɲ}} || colspan=2 | {{IPA|ŋ}}<sup>1</sup> || colspan=2 |
|-
|-
! rowspan=2 | Stops !! <small>Unvoiced</small>
! rowspan=2 | Stops !! <small>Unvoiced</small>
| {{IPA|p}} || <small>''{{IPA|pʰ}}''</small><sup>2</sup> || {{IPA|t̪}} || {{IPA|t̪ʰ}} || {{IPA|ʈ}} || {{IPA|ʈʰ}} || {{IPA|c͡ɕ}} || {{IPA|c͡ɕʰ}} || {{IPA|k}} || {{IPA|kʰ}} || colspan=2 | {{IPA|ʔ}}
| {{IPA|p}} || <small>''{{IPA|pʰ}}''</small><sup>2</sup> || {{IPA|t̼}} || {{IPA|t̼ʰ}} || {{IPA|t̪}} || {{IPA|t̪ʰ}} || {{IPA|ʈ}} || {{IPA|ʈʰ}} || {{IPA|c͡ɕ}} || {{IPA|c͡ɕʰ}} || {{IPA|k}} || {{IPA|kʰ}} || colspan=2 | {{IPA|ʔ}}
|-
|-
! <small>Voiced</small>
! <small>Voiced</small>
| {{IPA|b}} || {{IPA|bʱ}} || {{IPA|d̪}} || {{IPA|d̪ʱ}} || {{IPA|ɖ}}<sup>3</sup> || {{IPA|ɖʱ}}<sup>3</sup> || {{IPA|ɟ͡ʑ}} || {{IPA|ɟ͡ʑʱ}} || rowspan=2 | {{IPA|ɡ~ɣ}} || {{IPA|ɡʱ}} || colspan=2 |
| {{IPA|b}} || {{IPA|bʱ}} || {{IPA|d̼}} || {{IPA|d̼ʱ}} || {{IPA|d̪}} || {{IPA|d̪ʱ}} || {{IPA|ɖ}}<sup>3</sup> || {{IPA|ɖʱ}}<sup>3</sup> || {{IPA|ɟ͡ʑ}} || {{IPA|ɟ͡ʑʱ}} || rowspan=2 | {{IPA|ɡ~ɣ}} || {{IPA|ɡʱ}} || colspan=2 | {{IPA|ɢ}}<sup>4</sup>
|-
|-
! colspan=2 | Fricatives
! colspan=2 | Fricatives
| colspan=2 | {{IPA|ɸ~f}} || colspan=2 | {{IPA|s}} || colspan=2 | {{IPA|ʂ}} ||  colspan=2 |{{IPA|ɕ}} ||  || rowspan=2 | {{IPA|ɦ}} || {{IPA|ħ}}
| colspan=2 | {{IPA|ɸ~f}} || colspan=2 | || colspan=2 | {{IPA|s}} || colspan=2 | {{IPA|ʂ}} ||  colspan=2 |{{IPA|ɕ}} ||  || rowspan=2 | {{IPA|ɦ}} || {{IPA|ħ}}
|-
|-
! colspan=2 | Approximants
! colspan=2 | Approximants
| colspan=2 | {{IPA|ʋ}} || colspan=2 | {{IPA|l}} || colspan=2 | || colspan=2 | {{IPA|j}} || colspan=2 | || {{IPA|ʀ}}
| colspan=2 | {{IPA|ʋ}} || colspan=2 | {{IPA|ɹ̼}} || colspan=2 | {{IPA|l}} || colspan=2 | || colspan=2 | {{IPA|j}} || colspan=2 | || {{IPA|ʀ}}
|}
|}
Table notes:
Table notes:
# {{IPA|/ŋ/}} is phonemic only in the name of the corresponding letter and, through saṃdhi, in simplifications of {{IPA|/N/}} + velar stop clusters.
# '''ṅ''' {{IPA|/ŋ/}} is phonemic only in the name of the corresponding letter and, diachronically, through saṃdhi in simplifications of {{IPA|/N/}} + velar stop clusters; such instances are, however, to be considered phonemic as the original form is only apparent either throughout the declension or in different styles, see e.g. ''ṣṭhīṭaṅ'' "yesterday", ''tataṅ'' "today" (← ''ṣṭhīṭaṅga, tataṅga'', used in the declension of the nominal forms except for the direct singular).
# The {{IPA|/pʰ/}} phoneme is mostly a invention of Dundulanyä grammarians to preserve symmetry in stops; it has a separate letter in the script, but as a phoneme it is only found in the name of the letter itself and in a few words of onomatopoeic origin; the vast majority of contemporary speakers merge it with {{IPA|/ɸ~f/}}.
# The {{IPA|/pʰ/}} phoneme is marginal; it has a separate letter in the script, but as a phoneme it is only found in the name of the letter itself, in a few words of onomatopoeic origin, and as the result of saṃdhi (from the clusters ''-p h-'' or ''-p ḫ-''); the vast majority of contemporary speakers merge it with {{IPA|/ɸ~f/}}.
# {{IPA|/ɖ/}} and {{IPA|/ɖʱ/}} are generally represented by the stop realizations, however, in the contemporary spoken language, except when adjacent to another consonant they are most commonly realized as any of {{IPA|[ɽ(ʱ) ɭ(ʱ) ɻ(ʱ)]}} depending on the geographical origin of the speaker, realizations which are influenced by the historical development of Classical Dundulanyä {{IPA|/ɖ ɖʱ/}} in the modern vernaculars.
# {{IPA|/ɖ/}} and {{IPA|/ɖʱ/}} are generally represented by the stop realizations, however, in the contemporary spoken language, except when adjacent to another consonant they are most commonly realized as any of {{IPA|[ɽ(ʱ) ɭ(ʱ) ɻ(ʱ)]}} depending on the geographical origin of the speaker, realizations which are influenced by the historical development of Classical Dundulanyä {{IPA|/ɖ ɖʱ/}} in the modern vernaculars.
# The '''q''' {{IPA|/ɢ/}} phoneme is represented here by its most accepted contemporary pronunciation, as there is some debate about its prevailing quality in Classical Dundulanyä. It is also the phoneme which realization varies the most throughout the Dundulanyä-speaking world, often having different realizations depending on the position in the word, or often merging with other phonemes - generally with one of {{IPA|/g/}}, {{IPA|/k/}} or {{IPA|/ʔ/}}.<br/>In the standard pronunciation (as well as in the entire North Shore, in and around the city of Līlah, and elsewhere in most of Northern and Western Lusaṃrīte), it is {{IPA|[ɢ]}} word-initially and syllable-initially, and a fricative (either uvular {{IPA|[χ]}}-{{IPA|[ʁ]}} or velar {{IPA|[x]}}-{{IPA|[ɣ]}}) in coda, voiceless before voiceless consonants and voiced otherwise.
Some maximalist analyses of contemporary Dundulanyä phonology include other phonemes beyond the standard set; however, the most common analysis, used throughout this and related articles, has the benefit of having a nearly 1:1 correspondence between phonemes and graphemes. For example, a few modern grammarians include a palato-labial series, corresponding to palatal + {{IPA|/ʋ/}} clusters in the analysis above, realized as {{IPA|[Cʷ]}} in many modern pronunciations (cf. {{IPA|[ɕʷɐ̹ŋɡɐ]}} for {{IPA|/ɕʋɐŋɡɐ/}} ''śvaṅga'' "money").
With the partial exception of {{IPA|/ħ/}}, words may only end in soft consonants and/or clusters of an approximant followed by a single soft stop or fricative. In the romanization, some apparent exceptions may be seen due to saṃdhi in words followed by clitics, such as in ''logh va'' "I don't go" {{IPA|[lɔɡʱʋɐ]}}.
===Saṃdhi (''mīraṃdīdda'')===
Saṃdhi (''mīraṃdīdda'' "reaction") in Dundulanyä is mostly internal saṃdhi only.
====Internal saṃdhi====
Saṃdhi assimilations are fairly straightforward; in the vast majority of cases, the second consonant assimilates the preceding one(s).
The most basic rules are:
* Nasals assimilate to the PoA of any following consonant except for '''y''' (no assimilation occurs), '''l''' (all become '''ṃ''', phonetically realized as vowel nasalization), and before '''d dh s ṣ c ch j jh ś''', where there is a phonemic contrast between the homorganic nasal and '''ṃ'''; the latter is, in saṃdhi, the result of a preceding '''m'''.
* All plosives assimilate in voicing to a following stop; if the first one is aspirated, then aspiration shifts to the second one.
** Dentals also assimilate to any adjacent (preceding or following) retroflexes, while labials assimilate to adjacent linguolabials.
In stop saṃdhi, a few further changes apart from basic voicing, retroflex and linguolabial assimilation occur. Note that any such combination also applies to aspirated stops.
-'''pc'''- → -'''ṃc'''-;<br/>
-'''p̃ṭ'''- → -'''p̃p̃'''-; -'''p̃c'''- → -'''p̃ś'''-;<br/>
-'''tp̃'''- → -'''p̃p̃'''-; -'''tc'''- → -'''cc'''-; -'''tk'''- → -'''kt'''-;<br/>
-'''ṭp̃'''- → -'''p̃p̃'''-; -'''ṭc'''- → -'''cc'''-; -'''ṭk'''- → -'''kṭ'''-;<br/>
-'''cp'''- → -'''kp'''-; -'''cp̃'''- → -'''kp̃'''-; -'''ct'''- → -'''kt'''-; -'''cṭ'''- → -'''kṭ'''-; -'''ck'''- → -'''kk'''-;<br/>
-'''kc'''- → -'''cc'''-.
All combinations involving glottal stops, '''q''' (lenited to a glottal stop), as well as -''pṭ''-, -''pk''-,  -''p̃t''-, -''p̃k''-, -''tp''-, -''ṭp''-, -''kp''-, -''kp̃''-, -''kt''- and -''kṭ''- remain unchanged.
Saṃdhi involving voiced stops mostly mirrors the changes of voiceless ones with, however, a few differences:
-'''b̃ḍ'''- → -'''b̃l'''-; -'''b̃j'''- → -'''b̃l'''-;<br/>
-'''db'''- → -'''bd'''-; -'''db̃'''- → -'''r̃b̃'''-; -'''dj'''- → -'''ñj'''-; -'''dg'''- → -'''gd'''-; -'''dq'''- → -'''ɂd'''-;<br/>
-'''ḍb'''- → -'''bḍ'''-; -'''ḍb̃'''- → -'''r̃b̃'''-; -'''ḍj'''- → -'''ñj'''-; -'''ḍg'''- → -'''gḍ'''-; -'''ḍq'''- → -'''ɂḍ'''-;<br/>
-'''jb̃'''- → -'''gb̃'''-; -'''j''' + any other stop, including aspirated ones and '''ɂ''' → -'''jñ'''-;<br/>
-'''gj'''- → -'''ñj'''-; -'''gq'''- → -'''qq'''-.
All combinations with '''b''' as the first consonant, all other ones involving glottal stops and '''q''' (lenited to a glottal stop before other plosives), as well as -''b̃d''-, -''b̃g''-, -''gb''-, -''gb̃''-, -''gd''- and -''gḍ''- remain unchanged.
'''h''' and '''ḫ''' fortify preceding plosives (except '''ɂ'''), turning them into aspirated ones; -'''Ch'''- results in an aspirate, while -'''Cḫ'''- in a geminated and aspirated plosive (e.g. ''śud-ḫana'' → ''śuddhana'' "rule"; ''nisakh-ḫamfa'' → ''nisakkhamfa'' "conlang"). The sequences -'''ɂh'''- and -'''ɂḫ'''- both result in -'''ḫḫ'''-.
'''h''' changes to '''r̃''' in front of linguolabials; the sequence -'''hh'''- changes to -'''hl'''-.
Sibilants trigger various different changes:
* Among themselves, '''-s s-''' remains '''ss''' (but simplified to '''s''' if the latter is followed by a consonant other than ''y''), but any other combination becomes '''kṣ''';
* '''ṣ''', if followed by a dental stop, turns it into '''ṭ''' or '''ṭh''' according to aspiration;
* '''s''' or '''ś''' plus any voiced stop, or '''ṣ''' followed by any non-dental/retroflex voiced stop, disappear but synchronically lengthen the previous vowel;
* Coronal stops followed  by '''ṣ''' or '''ś''' result in a palatal affricate;
* All sibilants become '''r''' in front of '''q'''.
In internal saṃdhi, doubled stops are degeminated (like -''mpp''- > -''mp''-).
====Doubling saṃdhi====
In a few cases of consonant doubling due to saṃdhi, there are irregular results:
* -'''yy'''- → '''-jñ-''';
** This also applies to instances of -'''aiy'''-, which become -'''ājñ'''-;
* -'''vv'''- → '''-bb-''';
** Similarly to the preceding change, -'''auv'''- becomes -'''ābb'''-;
* -'''rr'''- → '''-hr-'''.
====Epenthetic vowels====
Epenthetic vowels are usually discussed together with saṃdhi. They are often used in verbal conjugations, as no Dundulanyä word may end in two consonants. The epenthetic vowel used depends on the preceding consonant:
* '''u''' is inserted after labials and linguolabials;
* '''i''' is inserted after palatals;
* '''a''' is inserted after all other consonants.
Note that '''y''', '''v''', and '''r''' in these cases turn into the corresponding vowels '''i''', '''u''', and '''ṛ'''.
====Saṃdhi in consonant stems====
Consonant stem nouns ending in a sonorant (i.e. m-stem, n-stem and l-stem nouns) undergo special saṃdhi processes if the final ''-a-'' is preceded by a -CR- cluster, where R is any sonorant.
All such nouns are reconstructed as having a syllabic consonant in Pre-Dundulanyä (PreD), but such syllabic consonants - m̥, n̥ and l̥ - are no longer found in Dundulanyä:
* ''-Cna-'' and ''-Cma-'' nouns have their oblique stem in ''-Ca-'' (through intermediate *-Cn̥-, *-Cm̥-), e.g. ''yasmam'' "tooth" → oblique stem ''yasam-'' (PreD *yasm̥m-), whence e.g. ergative ''yasamē'';
* ''-Cla-'' nouns have their oblique stem in ''-Cṛ-'' (through intermediate *-Cl̥-), e.g. ''sislam'' "door" → oblique stem ''sisṛm-'' (PreD *sisl̥m-), whence e.g. accusative ''sisṛmat''.
Such stems are also used in derivational morphology, see e.g. ''prāsisṛmapa'' (backyard) for an example with the root ''sislam''.
==Writing system (''gūstyeṣa'')==
<!-- [[File:Chlouvānem-script-parts.png|thumbnail|The word ''chlǣvānem'' in the language's native script, with the parts colour-coded according to function.]] -->
Dundulanyä has been written since the early 2nd millennium in an abugida called ''dundulanyä gūstyeṣafa'' or ''dundulanyä gūstyeṣarān'' ("Dundulanyä script", the noun ''gūstyeṣa'' is actually a collective derivation from ''gūstya'' "character", ultimately from the root ''√gos-'' "to cut"), developed with influence of the [[Lannä|Lannä script]]. Quite interestingly, while in the earliest forms of the Lannä script adapted for Dundulanyä there are diacritics and derived forms, some of those were later replaced by apparent ex nihilo new characters: as Dundulanyä has 43 consonant phonemes compared to the mere 19 of Lannä, it is clear by comparing different stages of the writing system that the disambiguation of different consonants through shapes and not just diacritics has been the main factor causing the script to change.<br/>The orthography for Dundulanyä represents how it was pronounced in Classical times, but it is completely regular to read in all present-day local pronunciations, despite variations, especially for the letters '''ḍ, ḍh''' and '''q''' and the diphthongs '''ai''' and '''au'''.
The Dundulanyä alphabet is distinguished by a large number of curved letter forms, arising from the need of limiting horizontal lines as much as possible in order to avoid tearing the leaves on which early writers wrote. A few glyphs have diagonal or vertical lines, but in pre-typewriting times there was a tendency to have them slightly curved; however, horizontal lines are today found in the exclamation and question marks (which are early modern inventions) and in mathematical symbols; the ''vikṣecūlte'', or inherent-vowel-cancelling sign, is also nowadays often represented as a horizontal stroke under the consonant, following the most common handwriting styles; however, formerly it was (and formally still is) written as a subscript circumflex.
Being an abugida, vowels (including diphthongs) are mainly represented by diacritics written by the consonant they come after (some vowel diacritics, however, are actually written before the consonant they are tied to); '''a''' is however inherent in any consonant and therefore does not need a diacritic sign. Consonant clusters are usually representing by stacking the consonants on one another (with those that appear under the main consonant sometimes being simplified), but a few consonants such as '''r''' and '''l''' have simplified combining forms. The consonant '''ṃ''' is written with diacritics and can't appear alone. There are also special forms for final '''-m''', '''-t''', '''-k''', and '''-h''' due to their commonness; other consonants without inherent vowels have to be written with a diacritic sign called ''vikṣecūlte'' (deleter), which has the form of a subscript circumflex or, most commonly, subscript horizontal stroke, or as conjunct consonants.
The romanization used for Dundulanyä represents each phoneme via a single character or digraph, but it stays as close as possible to the native script. Aspirated stops and diphthongs are romanized as digraphs and not by single letters; geminate letters, which are represented with a diacritic in the native script, are romanized by writing the consonant twice - in the aspirated stops, only the first letter is written twice, so /ppʰ/ is '''pph''' and not *phph.
Romanization table in native alphabetical order, grouping consonants in ''laḫlai'' (groups) as done in native analyses:
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|-
|+ Consonants
|-
! rowspan=2 | cihelaḫla<br/>(labials) || ''m'' !! ''p'' !! ''ph'' !! ''b'' !! ''bh'' !! ''f'' !! ''v''
|-
| {{IPA|/m/}} || {{IPA|/p/}} || {{IPA|/pʰ/}} || {{IPA|/b/}} || {{IPA|/bʱ/}} || {{IPA|/ɸ/}} || {{IPA|/ʋ/}}
|-
! rowspan=2 | glipicihelaḫla<br/>(linguolabials) || ''m̃'' !! ''p̃'' !! ''p̃h'' !! ''b̃'' !! ''b̃h'' !! ''r̃'' !!
|-
| {{IPA|/n̼/}} || {{IPA|/t̼/}} || {{IPA|/t̼ʰ/}} || {{IPA|/d̼/}} || {{IPA|/d̼ʱ/}} || {{IPA|/ɹ̼/}} ||
|-
! rowspan=2 | yasaṃlaḫla<br/>(dentals) || ''n'' !! ''t'' !! ''th'' !! ''d'' !! ''dh'' !! ''s'' !! ''l''
|-
| {{IPA|/n/}} || {{IPA|/t̪/}} || {{IPA|/t̪ʰ/}} || {{IPA|/d̪/}} || {{IPA|/d̪ʱ/}} || {{IPA|/s/}} || {{IPA|/l/}}
|-
! rowspan=2 | fultalaḫla<br/>(retroflexes) || ''ṇ'' !! ''ṭ'' !! ''ṭh'' !! ''ḍ'' !! ''ḍh'' !! ''ṣ'' !!
|-
| {{IPA|/ɳ/}} || {{IPA|/ʈ/}} || {{IPA|/ʈʰ/}} || {{IPA|/ɖ/}} || {{IPA|/ɖʱ/}} || {{IPA|/ʂ/}} ||
|-
! rowspan=2 | nihāsvulaḫla<br/>(palatals) || ''ñ'' !! ''c'' !! ''ch'' !! ''j'' !! ''jh'' !! ''ś'' !! ''y''
|-
| {{IPA|/ɲ/}} || {{IPA|/c͡ɕ/}} || {{IPA|/c͡ɕʰ/}} || {{IPA|/ɟ͡ʑ/}} || {{IPA|/ɟ͡ʑʱ/}} || {{IPA|/ɕ/}} || {{IPA|/j/}}
|-
! rowspan=2 | bhyuḍvīlaḫla<br/>(velars) || ''ṅ'' !! ''k'' !! ''kh'' !! ''g'' !! ''gh'' !! !!
|-
| {{IPA|/ŋ/}} || {{IPA|/k/}} || {{IPA|/kʰ/}} || {{IPA|/ɡ/}} || {{IPA|/ɡʱ/}} ||
|-
! rowspan=2 | diṇḍhalaḫla<br/>(laryngeals) || ''ṃ'' !! ''ɂ'' !! ''q'' !! ''h'' !! ''ḫ'' !! ''r'' !!
|-
| {{IPA|/◌̃/}} || {{IPA|/ʔ/}} || {{IPA|/ɢ/}} || {{IPA|/ɦ/}} || {{IPA|/ħ/}} || {{IPA|/ʀ/}}
|}


With the partial exception of {{IPA|/ħ/}} and {{IPA|/ʀ/}}, words may only end in soft consonants and/or clusters of an approximant followed by a single soft stop or fricative.
==Morphology (''hufāmvailaḫlana'')==
Dundulanyä is a highly inflected language with a synthetic morphology. Five parts of speech are traditionally distinguished: nouns, verbs, pronouns and correlatives, numerals, and particles.


==Morphology==
Dundulanyä inflectional morphology is almost entirely suffixing, save for a system of apophony (ablaut) and a marginal number of inflectional prefixes, mostly in verbs. Derivational morphology, on the other hand, employs up to four different strategies: suffixes, prefixes, and to a lesser extent circumfixes and infixes, or the combination of more or them, as well as eventually ablaut on top of that.
===Ablaut===
 
Dundulanyä is characterized by a complex system of vowel alternations that was inherited from its proto-language. There are, depending on definition, either nine or twelve ablaut patterns, which Dundulanyä verbal roots may belong to, in addition to those that do not undergo ablaut. The overwhelming majority of Dundulanyä verbal roots are monosyllabic, and the few bi- or polysyllabic ones are all non-ablauting.
===Ablaut (''camiyāṃsachiṣa'')===
Dundulanyä is characterized by a complex system of vowel alternations (apophony, in Dundulanyä ''camiyāṃsachiṣa'', literally "vowel stairs") that was inherited from its proto-language. There are, depending on definition, either nine or twelve ablaut patterns, which Dundulanyä verbal roots may belong to, in addition to those that do not undergo ablaut. The overwhelming majority of Dundulanyä verbal roots are monosyllabic, and the few bi- or polysyllabic ones are all non-ablauting.
 
Each root has three different grades: the middle grade, citation form of roots, is called ''būcūya'' (from √būc- "flat"); the zero grade (or lower grade) is called ''ślūtya'' (literally "remnant", from √ślo- "to be left"), while the higher grade is called ''udhyukṣṇise'' (literally "grown within").


Nominal examples:
Nominal examples:
* a/zero root: ''bhaṭuṣa'' (''bhaṭ-uṣ-'') "expansion": <small>ABS</small> ''bhaṭuṣa'', <small>ERG</small> ''bhaṭuṣis'', <small>DAT</small> ''abḍhoṣak'', <small>LOC</small> ''abḍhoṣā'', <small>LOC.PL</small> ''abḍhauṣēn''
* class I root √bhaṭ- (zero ''abḍh-''; higher ''bhāṭ-'')  ''bhaṭuṣa'' (''bhaṭ-uṣ-'') "expansion": <small>ABS</small> ''bhaṭuṣa'', <small>ERG</small> ''bhaṭuṣē'', <small>DAT</small> ''abḍhoṣak'', <small>LOC</small> ''abḍhoṣā'', <small>LOC.PL</small> ''abḍhauṣän''
* e/i root: ''dehuṣa'' (''deh-uṣ-'') "usage": <small>ABS</small> ''dehuṣa'', <small>ERG</small> ''dehuṣis'', <small>DAT</small> ''dihoṣak'', <small>LOC</small> ''dihoṣā'', <small>LOC.PL</small> ''dihauṣēn''
* class II root √deh- (zero ''dih-'', higher ''daih-''): ''dehuṣa'' (''deh-uṣ-'') "usage": <small>ABS</small> ''dehuṣa'', <small>ERG</small> ''dehuṣē'', <small>DAT</small> ''dihoṣak'', <small>LOC</small> ''dihoṣā'', <small>LOC.PL</small> ''dihauṣän''
* a/zero root, synchronically irregular: ''hāṅka'' (''haf-n-ka-'' < *śǝ́f-ṇ-ko-) "socket": <small>ABS</small> ''hāṅka'', <small>ERG</small> ''hāṅkis'', <small>DAT</small> ''iṣfaṅkak'', <small>LOC</small> ''iṣfaṅkā'', <small>LOC.PL</small> ''iṣfāṅkēn''
* class I root √haf-, synchronically irregular (zero ''iṣf-''; higher ''hāf-''): ''hāṅka'' (''haf-n-ka-'' < *śǝ́f-ṇ-ko-) "socket": <small>ABS</small> ''hāṅka'', <small>ERG</small> ''hāṅkē'', <small>DAT</small> ''iṣfaṅkak'', <small>LOC</small> ''iṣfaṅkā'', <small>LOC.PL</small> ''iṣfāṅkän''


A substantial part of nouns in Dundulanyä is derived from verbal roots, and these may have ablaut patterns throughout their declension as in the examples above, or the derivational suffix may require the root to be in a certain ablaut grade (which is then a fixed stem throughout the declension). However, as a general rule, the majority of nouns relating to flora, fauna, and many elements of the natural world are not formed from verbal roots and do not show ablaut.
A substantial part of nouns in Dundulanyä is derived from verbal roots, and these may have ablaut patterns throughout their declension as in the examples above, or the derivational suffix may require the root to be in a certain ablaut grade (which is then a fixed stem throughout the declension). However, as a general rule, the majority of nouns relating to flora, fauna, and many elements of the natural world are not formed from verbal roots and do not show ablaut.


===Nouns===
Dundulanyä roots belong to one out of nine classes (eight ablaut classes or non-ablauting), called ''dhoptai'' (sg. ''dhopta''):
(TBA: introduction, declension)
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|-
! Class<br/>''dhopta''<ref>Class 0 is known as ''kuḍachiṣadīra dhopta'' "non-ablauting class"; the others are referred to with ordinals: ''lumpyä dhopta, hälinaika dhopta, kiṅkesi dhopta'' and so on, up to ''mbulesi dhopta''.</ref> !! Zero grade<br/>''ślūtya'' !! Middle grade<br/>''būcūya'' !! Higher grade<br/>''udhyukṣṇise''
|-
! 0
| colspan=3 | no ablaut
|-
! I
| ∅ || a || ā
|-
! II
| i<br/>ī <small>(CV- roots)</small> || e || ai
|-
! III
| u<br/>ū <small>(CV- roots)</small> || o || au
|-
! IV
| ṛ || ar || ār
|-
! V
| i || ä || ē
|-
! VI
| ya || i || ī
|-
! VII
| va || u || ū
|-
! VIII
| ra || ṛ || ṝ
|}
 
The majority of roots belongs to either the 0 class, or to classes II to IV. Other classes are much rarer, with V and especially VIII being the least common overall. Many class I roots have a sonorant such as '''l''', '''m''' or '''n''' (rarely other nasals), continuing formations parallel to class IV in reconstructed Pre-Dundulanyä.
 
Class I roots may, due to their shape, be further simplified in the zero-grade; see ''haf-'', zero-grade ''iṣf-'' "to insert, fill" or ''rañj-'', zero-grade ''ṛj-'' "to name, identify"; some others have a short vowel in the zero-grade and a long vowel in the (identical) middle- and higher-grade forms, as with ''sākh-'' (zero-grade ''sakh-'', higher-grade ''sākh-'') "to prepare"<ref>More commonly used in the prefixed form ''ni-sākh-'' "to build, create, make".</ref>. Due to regular saṃdhi, class I roots with ''ya'' or ''va'' have ''i'' or ''u'' respectively in the zero-grade, see e.g. ''yam-'' "to eat", zero-grade ''im-''.
 
Some class VI and VII roots may have consonant changes caused by saṃdhi; furthermore, there are a few irregular class II and III roots which have a long vowel in the zero grade form even if they are not of CV shape; see e.g. ''lobh-'' "to write" with the long zero grade ''lūbh-''. Class III roots with the ''-vo-'' sequence in the middle grade (citation form) reduce it to ''-ū-'' in any case in the zero grade, as in ''tvorg-'' "to fear" with the zero grade ''tūrg-''.
 
===Nouns (''rāñjiḫi'')===
The Dundulanyä noun (''rañjiḫe'', pl. ''rāñjiḫi'') is highly inflected - it declines for:
* Three numbers (''smuḍai''):
:: '''Singular''' (''emibundīra smuḍa'')
:: '''Dual''' (''rirändīra smuḍa'')
:: '''Plural''' (''tailindīra smuḍa'')
* Nine cases (''dirūṃrūkṣāri''):
:: '''Direct''' (''drādhūṅga dirūṃrūkṣah'')
:: '''Vocative''' (''ṛjadīra dirūṃrūkṣah'')
:: '''Ergative''' (''drīyadīra dirūṃrūkṣah'')
:: '''Accusative''' (''darūltuṅga dirūṃrūkṣah'')
:: '''Dative''' (''mälindīra dirūṃrūkṣah'')
:: '''Ablative''' (''smrāṇuṅga dirūṃrūkṣah'')
:: '''Locative''' (''tadyapadīra dirūṃrūkṣah'')
:: '''Essive''' (''jalīndīra dirūṃrūkṣah'')
:: '''Instrumental''' (''dṛvundīra dirūṃrūkṣah'')
 
There are a few nouns which lack number; a few are singularia tantum and lack a plural (e.g. ''tambīya'' "lips"), other ones are plural only - most notably including all ethnicities, whose singular form is analytical, made by using the bound form (see below) to the word ''lila'' (person), e.g. ''dundulanyä lilarān'' (a Dundulanyä).


The consensus among linguists is that Dundulanyä does not have grammatical gender or noun classes; however, it should be noted that natural gender is shown on some nouns referring to humans, and furthermore there are some verbs that have a complementary distribution - most notably the existential "to be" - where one verb can only be used for inanimate subjects and another only for animate ones; in a few cases, the animate "class" is also split between humans and non-humans. None of this, however, is reflected in morphology.
The consensus among linguists is that Dundulanyä does not have grammatical gender or noun classes; however, it should be noted that natural gender is shown on some nouns referring to humans, and furthermore there are some verbs that have a complementary distribution - most notably the existential "to be" - where one verb can only be used for inanimate subjects and another only for animate ones; in a few cases, the animate "class" is also split between humans and non-humans. None of this, however, is reflected in morphology.


Dundulanyä declensions are primarily categorized by whether they refer to nouns that undergo ablaut or not; secondarily, they are categorized by their stem type.
Dundulanyä nouns are complex, due to the existence of multiple declension patterns. They are primarily categorized by whether they refer to nouns that undergo ablaut or not; secondarily, they are categorized by their stem type.


'''Ablauting''' declensions are all unproductive (although some of the derivational suffixes that form ablauting nouns are still productive) and include the following ones:
'''Ablauting''' declensions are all unproductive (although some of the derivational suffixes that form ablauting nouns are still productive) and include the following ones:
Line 126: Line 296:
* ''-a'' declension
* ''-a'' declension
* Zero-ending nouns with vowel suffixes (''-u'', ''-i'', ''-ṛ'').
* Zero-ending nouns with vowel suffixes (''-u'', ''-i'', ''-ṛ'').
Except for root nouns, ablauting nouns are formed by a root and a suffix, and ablaut alternates between them. Many such suffixes are derivational and productive, but some are no longer productive and limited to a small number of terms (such as ''-in-'' forming certain male kinship terms). In a few cases, the suffix may actually be an infix, such as the (non-productive) one in the word ''lorbhe'' "stele", ultimately from the root ''lobh-'' "to write" (cf. direct singular ''lorbhe'' but locative singular ''lūrabhā'', dative plural ''lūrābhumi'').
'''Non-ablauting''' declensions are the following ones:
'''Non-ablauting''' declensions are the following ones:
* ''-e'' declension (first consonant stem declension)
* ''-e'' declension (first consonant stem declension)
Line 133: Line 305:


====Bound forms====
====Bound forms====
Dundulanyä nouns have a further, non-case form, which is called the '''bound form''' by native grammarians. For nouns whose stems end in vowels, it is usually identical to the direct case; for other nouns, it is usually the endingless stem (with some exceptions). It is used when the noun is the predicate of a copular verb; when the noun is the possessor (a form syntactically reminescent of the Afroasiatic construct state); to mark the argument governed by a positional verb; and when governed by many adpositions.
Dundulanyä nouns have a further, non-case form, which is called the '''bound form''' (''avraḍūrūkṣah'', pl. ''avraḍūrūkṣāri'') by native grammarians. For nouns whose stems end in vowels, it is usually identical to the direct case; for other nouns, it is usually the endingless stem (with some exceptions). It is used when the noun is the possessor (a form syntactically reminescent of the Afroasiatic construct state, albeit with the roles reversed); to mark the argument governed by a positional verb; and when governed by many adpositions.


In the name of the language, ''dundulanyä ḫamfafa'', for example, ''dundulanyä'' is a bound form that however has the same form as the direct, due to the noun having a stem ending in a vowel. Some more examples of bound forms:
In the name of the language, ''dundulanyä ḫamfafa'', for example, ''dundulanyä'' is a bound form that however has the same form as the direct, due to the noun having a stem ending in a vowel. Some more examples of bound forms:


* ''imut naviṣyaɂe'' "the teacher's book", ''imut'' being the bound form of ''imute'' "teacher", and ''naviṣya'' "book" being marked with the 3SG possessive ''ɂe''.  
* ''imut naviṣyaɂe'' "the teacher's book", ''imut'' being the bound form of ''imute'' "teacher", and ''naviṣya'' "book" being marked with the 3SG possessive ''ɂe''.  
* ''nūrei dvārmaɂe'' "the child's room", ''nūrei'' being the bound form of ''nūrya'' "child".
* ''nūrī dvārmaɂe'' "the child's room", ''nūrī'' being the bound form of ''nūrya'' "child".
* ''tätebu ū līv'' "my home is a flat", where ''līv'', bound form of ''līve'' "apartment", is part of a copular structure.
* ''līv yude'' "3SG stands in the flat", where the positional verb ''yu-de-'' "to stand inside" requires its argument ''līve'' to be in the bound form ''līv''.
* ''līv yudaya'' "3SG stands in the flat", where the positional verb ''yu-de-'' "to stand inside" requires its argument ''līve'' to be in the bound form ''līv''.
* ''tūrgib sure'' "without fear", where the postposition ''sure'' "without" forces the noun ''tūrgibe'' to assume its bound form ''tūrgib''.
* ''tūrgib surē'' "without fear", where the postposition ''surē'' "without" forces the noun ''tūrgibe'' to assume its bound form ''tūrgib''.


====Declension tables====
====Declension tables====
The first and second ablauting declensions have the same ablaut patterns, but slightly different endings; the first ablauting declension has the same endings as the (non-ablauting) first consonant stem declension, while the second the same endings as non-ablauting ''-a'' nouns (with the exception of locative singular and the singular and plural bound forms).
The first and second ablauting declensions have the same ablaut patterns, but slightly different endings; the first ablauting declension has the same endings as the (non-ablauting) first consonant stem declension, while the second the same endings as non-ablauting ''-a'' nouns (with the exception of locative singular and the singular and plural bound forms).
Root ablaut nouns have the same ablaut pattern as ''-i, -u, -ṛ'' nouns, but the endings are directly added to the root, triggering the appropriate saṃdhi changes.
{{col-begin}}
{{col-begin}}
{{col-break}}
{{col-break}}
{| class="redtable lightredbg" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+Root nouns
|-
! rowspan=2 | !! colspan=3 | ''śuṭ-'' (VIII)<br/>"wind"
|-
! Singular !! Dual !! Plural
|-
! <small>Direct</small>
| rowspan=2 | '''śūṭ''' || rowspan=2 | śuṭve || rowspan=2 | śūṭi
|-
! <small>Vocative</small>
|-
! <small>Ergative</small>
| śūṭē || śuṭyat || śvaṭām
|-
! <small>Accusative</small>
| śūṭ || śuṭṭha || śvaṭaih
|-
! <small>Dative</small>
| śuk || śuṭma || śvaṭmi
|-
! <small>Ablative</small>
| śuṭū || śucu || śvaṭṇī
|-
! <small>Locative</small>
| śuṭā || rowspan=2 | śuṭhe || śvaṭän
|-
! <small>Essive</small>
| rowspan=2 | śuṭī || śvaṭoṭu
|-
! <small>Instrumental</small>
| śuṭāl || śvaṭṇīka
|-
! <small>Bound form</small>
| śūṭ || śuṭu || śūṭī
|}
{{col-break}}
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+1st ablauting declension (-e)
|+1st ablauting declension (-e)
|-
|-
Line 161: Line 371:
|-
|-
! <small>Ergative</small>
! <small>Ergative</small>
| helkiḫis || helkiḫīyat || hilkeḫām
| helkiḫē || helkiḫīyat || hilkeḫām
|-
|-
! <small>Accusative</small>
! <small>Accusative</small>
Line 173: Line 383:
|-
|-
! <small>Locative</small>
! <small>Locative</small>
| hilkeḫē || rowspan=2 | helkiḫehe || hilkaiḫēn
| hilkeḫā || rowspan=2 | helkiḫehe || hilkaiḫän
|-
|-
! <small>Essive</small>
! <small>Essive</small>
| rowspan=2 | hilkeḫī || hilkaiḫeyäh
| rowspan=2 | hilkeḫī || hilkaiḫoṭu
|-
|-
! <small>Instrumental</small>
! <small>Instrumental</small>
| hilkeḫeiś || hilkaiḫenīka
| hilkeḫāl || hilkaiḫenīka
|-
|-
! <small>Bound form</small>
! <small>Bound form</small>
Line 185: Line 395:
|}
|}
{{col-break}}
{{col-break}}
{| class="redtable lightredbg" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+2nd ablauting declension (-a)
|+2nd ablauting declension (-a)
|-
|-
Line 199: Line 409:
|-
|-
! <small>Ergative</small>
! <small>Ergative</small>
| koruṣis || koruṣīyat || kuroṣām
| koruṣē || koruṣīyat || kuroṣām
|-
|-
! <small>Accusative</small>
! <small>Accusative</small>
Line 211: Line 421:
|-
|-
! <small>Locative</small>
! <small>Locative</small>
| kuroṣā || rowspan=2 | koruṣehe || kurauṣēn
| kuroṣā || rowspan=2 | koruṣehe || kurauṣän
|-
|-
! <small>Essive</small>
! <small>Essive</small>
| rowspan=2 | kuroṣī || kurauṣayäh
| rowspan=2 | kuroṣī || kurauṣoṭu
|-
|-
! <small>Instrumental</small>
! <small>Instrumental</small>
| kuroṣaiś || kurauṣenīka
| kuroṣāl || kurauṣenīka
|-
|-
! <small>Bound form</small>
! <small>Bound form</small>
Line 224: Line 434:
{{col-break}}
{{col-break}}
{{col-end}}
{{col-end}}
Ablauting nouns ending in ''-i, -u, -ṛ'' are mainly distinguished by having different ablaut patterns from other ablauting nouns. ''-ṛ'' nouns are extremely rare, and only three such nouns figure among the general usage vocabulary: ''khaikṛ'' (II) "goose", ''gāṃsṛ'' "passage, ford" (I, with the synchronically irregular zero grade ''gas-''), and ''mētṛ'' (V) "vessel, pot, cooking pot".
{{col-begin}}
{{col-break}}
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+Ablauting nouns in ''-i''
|-
! rowspan=2 | !! colspan=3 | ''mārj-i''<br/>"needle"
|-
! Singular !! Dual !! Plural
|-
! <small>Direct</small>
| rowspan=2 | '''mārji''' || rowspan=2 | marjeve || rowspan=2 | mārjī
|-
! <small>Vocative</small>
|-
! <small>Ergative</small>
| mārjē || marjeyat || mṛjāyam
|-
! <small>Accusative</small>
| mārjit || marjetha || mṛjāyaih
|-
! <small>Dative</small>
| marjek || marjema || mṛjaimi
|-
! <small>Ablative</small>
| marjayū || marjeṣu || mṛjainī
|-
! <small>Locative</small>
| marjayā || rowspan=2 | marjehe || mṛjāyän
|-
! <small>Essive</small>
| rowspan=2 | marjayī || mṛjāyoṭu
|-
! <small>Instrumental</small>
| marjayāl || mṛjainīka
|-
! <small>Bound form</small>
| mārji || marjev || mārjī
|}
{{col-break}}
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+Ablauting nouns in ''-u''
|-
! rowspan=2 | !! colspan=3 | ''p̃aiṣ-u''<br/>"son"
|-
! Singular !! Dual !! Plural
|-
! <small>Direct</small>
| rowspan=2 | '''p̃aiṣu''' || rowspan=2 | p̃eṣove || rowspan=2 | p̃aiṣū
|-
! <small>Vocative</small>
|-
! <small>Ergative</small>
| p̃aiṣvē || p̃eṣoyat || p̃iṣāvam
|-
! <small>Accusative</small>
| p̃aiṣut || p̃eṣotha || p̃iṣāvaih
|-
! <small>Dative</small>
| p̃eṣok || p̃eṣoma || p̃iṣaumi
|-
! <small>Ablative</small>
| p̃eṣavū || p̃eṣoṣu || p̃iṣaunī
|-
! <small>Locative</small>
| p̃eṣavā || rowspan=2 | p̃eṣohe || p̃iṣāvän
|-
! <small>Essive</small>
| rowspan=2 | p̃eṣavī || p̃iṣāvoṭu
|-
! <small>Instrumental</small>
| p̃eṣavāl || p̃iṣaunīka
|-
! <small>Bound form</small>
| p̃aiṣu || p̃eṣov || p̃aiṣū
|}
{{col-break}}
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+Ablauting nouns in ''-ṛ''
|-
! rowspan=2 | !! colspan=3 | ''khaik-ṛ''<br/>"goose"
|-
! Singular !! Dual !! Plural
|-
! <small>Direct</small>
| rowspan=2 | '''khaikṛ''' || rowspan=2 | khekarve || rowspan=2 | khaikāri
|-
! <small>Vocative</small>
|-
! <small>Ergative</small>
| khaikrē || khekaryat || khikāram
|-
! <small>Accusative</small>
| khaikṛt<br/>khaikaṭ<sup>1</sup> || khekartha || khikāraih
|-
! <small>Dative</small>
| khekāk || khekarma || khikārmi
|-
! <small>Ablative</small>
| khekarū || khekarṣu || khikārṇī
|-
! <small>Locative</small>
| khekarā || rowspan=2 | khekarhe || khikārän
|-
! <small>Essive</small>
| rowspan=2 | khekarī || khikāroṭu
|-
! <small>Instrumental</small>
| khekarāl || khikārṇīka
|-
! <small>Bound form</small>
| khaikṛ || khekaru || khaikāh<sup>2</sup>
|}
{{col-break}}
{{col-end}}
# The form in ''-ṛt'' is from Classical Dundulanyä and is preferred in formal usage, especially in writing; the form in ''-aṭ'', taken from the corresponding non-ablauting paradigm, is however more commonly used.
# The underlying form is ''-ār''.


{{col-begin}}
{{col-begin}}
{{col-break}}
{{col-break}}
{| class="redtable lightredbg" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+Non-ablauting consonant stem 1st declension
|+Non-ablauting consonant stem 1st declension
|-
|-
Line 241: Line 568:
|-
|-
! <small>Ergative</small>
! <small>Ergative</small>
| imutis || imutīyat || imutām
| imutē || imutīyat || imutām
|-
|-
! <small>Accusative</small>
! <small>Accusative</small>
Line 253: Line 580:
|-
|-
! <small>Locative</small>
! <small>Locative</small>
| imutē || rowspan=2 | imutehe || imutēn
| imutā || rowspan=2 | imutehe || imutän
|-
|-
! <small>Essive</small>
! <small>Essive</small>
| rowspan=2 | imutī || imuteyäh
| rowspan=2 | imutī || imutoṭu
|-
|-
! <small>Instrumental</small>
! <small>Instrumental</small>
| imuteiś || imutenīka
| imutāl || imutenīka
|-
|-
! <small>Bound form</small>
! <small>Bound form</small>
Line 265: Line 592:
|}
|}
{{col-break}}
{{col-break}}
{| class="redtable lightredbg" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+Non-ablauting consonant stem 2nd decl. (glottal)<ref>In colloquial Dundulanyä, such nouns are often declined like ''-a'' nouns, given that their declensions are similar, the main difference being vowel lengthening in most forms.</ref>
|+Non-ablauting consonant stem 2nd decl. (glottal)<ref>In colloquial Dundulanyä, such nouns are often declined like ''-a'' nouns, given that their declensions are similar, the main difference being vowel lengthening in most forms.</ref>
|-
|-
Line 278: Line 605:
|-
|-
! <small>Ergative</small>
! <small>Ergative</small>
| nādēs || nādeɂat || nādaɂām
| nādē || nādeɂat || nādaɂām
|-
|-
! <small>Accusative</small>
! <small>Accusative</small>
Line 290: Line 617:
|-
|-
! <small>Locative</small>
! <small>Locative</small>
| nādē || rowspan=2 | nādēhe || nādēn
| nādā || rowspan=2 | nādēhe || nādän
|-
|-
! <small>Essive</small>
! <small>Essive</small>
| rowspan=2 | nādī || nādaɂäh
| rowspan=2 | nādī || nādāṭu
|-
|-
! <small>Instrumental</small>
! <small>Instrumental</small>
| nādeiś || nādānīka
| nādāl || nādānīka
|-
|-
! <small>Bound form</small>
! <small>Bound form</small>
Line 302: Line 629:
|}
|}
{{col-break}}
{{col-break}}
{| class="redtable lightredbg" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+Non-ablauting ''-a'' stems
|+Non-ablauting ''-a'' stems
|-
|-
Line 313: Line 640:
|-
|-
! <small>Vocative</small>
! <small>Vocative</small>
| bunei
| bunī<sup>1</sup>
|-
|-
! <small>Ergative</small>
! <small>Ergative</small>
| buneyes || buneyīyat || buneyām
| buneyē || buneyīyat || buneyām
|-
|-
! <small>Accusative</small>
! <small>Accusative</small>
Line 328: Line 655:
|-
|-
! <small>Locative</small>
! <small>Locative</small>
| buneyē || rowspan=2 | buneyehe || buneyēn
| buneyā || rowspan=2 | buneyehe || buneyän
|-
|-
! <small>Essive</small>
! <small>Essive</small>
| rowspan=2 | buneyī || buneyayäh
| rowspan=2 | buneyī || buneyoṭu
|-
|-
! <small>Instrumental</small>
! <small>Instrumental</small>
| buneyaiś || buneyanīka
| buneyāl || buneyanīka
|-
|-
! <small>Bound form</small>
! <small>Bound form</small>
| buneya || buneyev || buneyē
| buneya || buneyev || buneye
|}
|}
{{col-break}}
{{col-break}}
{{col-end}}
{{col-end}}
# Morphemically ''buney-'', as the vocative of ''-a'' nouns is the stem without the final ''-a''; as per regular saṃdhi, syllable-final ''ey'' becomes ''ī''.


The following declensions - ''-i, -u, -o, -e, -ä'' have their final vowel as part of the stem, and it is regularly kept throughout the declension. ''-e'' stems are therefore different from the consonant stems (which end in ''-e'' in their citation form), but are a very small number of nouns, mainly proper nouns (as are, furthermore, nearly all ''-o'' stems).
The following declensions - ''-i, -u, -o, -e, -ä'' have their final vowel as part of the stem, and it is regularly kept throughout the declension. ''-e'' stems are therefore different from the consonant stems (which end in ''-e'' in their citation form), but are a very small number of nouns, mainly proper nouns<ref>The few e-stem common nouns in general usage include, however, frequently used words such as most notably ''eme'' "star", ''hāreṇe'' "dawn", or ''lilene'' "clan".</ref> (as are, furthermore, nearly all ''-o'' stems; ''p̃op̃o'' "face" is the only o-stem noun in common vocabulary).


{{col-begin}}
{{col-begin}}
{{col-break}}
{{col-break}}
{| class="redtable lightredbg" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+Non-ablauting ''-i'' stems
|+Non-ablauting ''-i'' stems
|-
|-
Line 359: Line 687:
|-
|-
! <small>Ergative</small>
! <small>Ergative</small>
| ilūvis || ilūvīyat || ilūvyām
| ilūvyē || ilūvīyat || ilūvyām
|-
|-
! <small>Accusative</small>
! <small>Accusative</small>
Line 371: Line 699:
|-
|-
! <small>Locative</small>
! <small>Locative</small>
| ilūvyē || rowspan=2 | ilūvihe || ilūvyēn
| ilūvyā || rowspan=2 | ilūvihe || ilūvyän
|-
|-
! <small>Essive</small>
! <small>Essive</small>
| rowspan=2 | ilūvī || ilūviyäh
| rowspan=2 | ilūvī || ilūvyoṭu
|-
|-
! <small>Instrumental</small>
! <small>Instrumental</small>
| ilūvyeiś || ilūvinīka
| ilūvīl || ilūvinīka
|-
|-
! <small>Bound form</small>
! <small>Bound form</small>
Line 383: Line 711:
|}
|}
{{col-break}}
{{col-break}}
{| class="redtable lightredbg" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+Non-ablauting ''-u'' stems
|+Non-ablauting ''-u'' stems
|-
|-
Line 396: Line 724:
|-
|-
! <small>Ergative</small>
! <small>Ergative</small>
| kulārus || kulārūyat || kulārvām
| kulārvē || kulārūyat || kulārvām
|-
|-
! <small>Accusative</small>
! <small>Accusative</small>
Line 408: Line 736:
|-
|-
! <small>Locative</small>
! <small>Locative</small>
| kulāruvē || rowspan=2 | kulāruhe || kulārvēn
| kulārvā || rowspan=2 | kulāruhe || kulārvän
|-
|-
! <small>Essive</small>
! <small>Essive</small>
| rowspan=2 | kulāruvī || kulāruväh
| rowspan=2 | kulāruvī || kulārvoṭu
|-
|-
! <small>Instrumental</small>
! <small>Instrumental</small>
| kulārveiś || kulārunīka
| kulārūl || kulārunīka
|-
|-
! <small>Bound form</small>
! <small>Bound form</small>
Line 420: Line 748:
|}
|}
{{col-break}}
{{col-break}}
{| class="redtable lightredbg" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+Non-ablauting ''-o'' stems
|-
! rowspan=2 | !! colspan=3 | ''p̃op̃o-''<br/>"face"
|-
! Singular !! Dual !! Plural
|-
! <small>Direct</small>
| rowspan=2 | '''p̃op̃o''' || rowspan=2 | p̃op̃ove || rowspan=2 | p̃op̃avi
|-
! <small>Vocative</small>
|-
! <small>Ergative</small>
| p̃op̃avē || p̃op̃oyat || p̃op̃avām
|-
! <small>Accusative</small>
| p̃op̃ot || p̃op̃otha || p̃op̃avaih
|-
! <small>Dative</small>
| p̃op̃ok || p̃op̃oma || p̃op̃avumi
|-
! <small>Ablative</small>
| p̃op̃avū || p̃op̃oṣu || p̃op̃onī
|-
! <small>Locative</small>
| p̃op̃avā || rowspan=2 | p̃op̃ohe || p̃op̃avän
|-
! <small>Essive</small>
| rowspan=2 | p̃op̃avī || p̃op̃avoṭu
|-
! <small>Instrumental</small>
| p̃op̃ol || p̃op̃onīka
|-
! <small>Bound form</small>
| p̃op̃o || p̃op̃ov || p̃op̃avi
|}
{{col-break}}
{{col-end}}
{{col-begin}}
{{col-break}}
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+Non-ablauting ''-e'' stems
|+Non-ablauting ''-e'' stems
|-
|-
! rowspan=2 | !! colspan=3 | ''Kālomīye-''<br/>(given name)<ref>The dual and plural of given names are used to mark a group of two (dual) or more (plural) people contextually identified by some kind of relationship to the person the name refers to; e.g. "X and friends; X and family; X and partner...".</ref>
! rowspan=2 | !! colspan=3 | ''eme-''<br/>"star"
|-
|-
! Singular !! Dual !! Plural
! Singular !! Dual !! Plural
|-
|-
! <small>Direct</small>
! <small>Direct</small>
| rowspan=2 | '''Kālomīye''' || rowspan=2 | Kālomīyeve || rowspan=2 | Kālomīyayi
| rowspan=2 | '''eme''' || rowspan=2 | emeve || rowspan=2 | emayi
|-
|-
! <small>Vocative</small>
! <small>Vocative</small>
|-
|-
! <small>Ergative</small>
! <small>Ergative</small>
| Kālomīyes || Kālomīyeyat || Kālomīyayām
| emayē || emeyat || emayām
|-
|-
! <small>Accusative</small>
! <small>Accusative</small>
| Kālomīyet || Kālomīyetha || Kālomīyayaih
| emet || emetha || emayaih
|-
|-
! <small>Dative</small>
! <small>Dative</small>
| Kālomīyek || Kālomīyema || Kālomīyayumi
| emek || emema || emayumi
|-
|-
! <small>Ablative</small>
! <small>Ablative</small>
| Kālomīyayū || Kālomīyeṣu || Kālomīyenī
| emayū || emeṣu || emenī
|-
|-
! <small>Locative</small>
! <small>Locative</small>
| Kālomīyayē || rowspan=2 | Kālomīyehe || Kālomīyayēn
| emayā || rowspan=2 | emehe || emayän
|-
|-
! <small>Essive</small>
! <small>Essive</small>
| rowspan=2 | Kālomīyayī || Kālomīyayäh
| rowspan=2 | emayī || emayoṭu
|-
|-
! <small>Instrumental</small>
! <small>Instrumental</small>
| Kālomīyayeiś || Kālomīyenīka
| emēl || emenīka
|-
|-
! <small>Bound form</small>
! <small>Bound form</small>
| Kālomīye || Kālomīyev || Kālomīyayi
| eme || emev || emayi
|}
|}
{{col-break}}
{{col-break}}
{| class="redtable lightredbg" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+Non-ablauting ''-ä'' stems
|+Non-ablauting ''-ä'' stems
|-
|-
Line 465: Line 833:
|-
|-
! <small>Direct</small>
! <small>Direct</small>
| rowspan=2 | '''śośä''' || rowspan=2 | śośäve || rowspan=2 | śośä<sup>1</sup>
| rowspan=2 | '''śośä''' || rowspan=2 | śośäve || rowspan=2 | śośä
|-
|-
! <small>Vocative</small>
! <small>Vocative</small>
|-
|-
! <small>Ergative</small>
! <small>Ergative</small>
| śośäs || śośäyat || śośām
| śośäyē || śośäyat || śośām
|-
|-
! <small>Accusative</small>
! <small>Accusative</small>
Line 485: Line 853:
|-
|-
! <small>Essive</small>
! <small>Essive</small>
| śośäyäh
| śośäṭu
|-
|-
! <small>Instrumental</small>
! <small>Instrumental</small>
| śośäś || śośänīka
| śośäl || śośänīka
|-
|-
! <small>Bound form</small>
! <small>Bound form</small>
Line 496: Line 864:
{{col-end}}
{{col-end}}


Dundulanyä nouns generally do not end in long vowels; the few exceptions that do (generally of onomatopoeic or baby talk origin) are treated as irregular nouns. The most common nouns ending in long vowels are certainly ''amamū'' "mother" and ''atabū'' (or ''batū'') "father", which (due to regular saṃdhi) have ''ūv'' before vocalic endings (e.g. ergative plural ''amamūvām''), but an irregular direct plural in ''-ūv-i'', i.e. ''amamūvi'', ''atabūvi'', ''batūvi''.
The ''-ṛ'' declension diverges from those ending in other vowels in various forms, such as the direct singular, where nouns end in ''-ah'' (''-ar'', reduced to the corresponding soft consonant) instead of the simple vowel ''-ṛ''; their lemma form is in fact identical in shape to ''-ah'' nouns, although adding particles reveals the true nature of the final consonant (cf. ''ñältah, ñältahbu'' "sister, my sister"; ''śuthah, śutharbu'' "husband, my husband"; ''ñältahin śutharin'' "either [the] sister or [the] husband").
''-ai'' nouns and the much rarer ''-au'' nouns are variants of the ''-i'' and ''-u'' declensions respectively: these nouns end in ''-ā-i'' and ''-ā-u'' and are otherwise regularly declined. Due to saṃdhi, there is, however, more case syncretism than in the normal declensions. While these nouns are somewhat rare in the general lexicon, quite a few of them are basic lexical items and therefore often used, such as ''mbai'' "bread", ''junai'' "foot", ''lunai'' "tea", ''lanai'' "island", ''havau'' "gold" or ''prānilau'' "tomorrow" (the latter an irregular derivation).
{{col-begin}}
{{col-break}}
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+Non-ablauting ''-ṛ'' stems
|-
! rowspan=2 | !! colspan=3 | ''śuthṛ-''<br/>"husband"
|-
! Singular !! Dual !! Plural
|-
! <small>Direct</small>
| '''śuthah'''<sup>1</sup> || rowspan=2 | śuthṛve || rowspan=2 | śuthāri
|-
! <small>Vocative</small>
| śuthāh<sup>1</sup>
|-
! <small>Ergative</small>
| śuthrē || śuthrīyat || śuthrām
|-
! <small>Accusative</small>
| śuthaṭ || śuthṝtha || śuthraih
|-
! <small>Dative</small>
| śuthṛk || śuthṝma || śuthrūmi
|-
! <small>Ablative</small>
| śuthrū || śuthṝṣu || śuthṝnī
|-
! <small>Locative</small>
| śuthrā || rowspan=2 | śuthṝhe || śuthrän
|-
! <small>Essive</small>
| rowspan=2 | śuthrī || śuthroṭu
|-
! <small>Instrumental</small>
| śuthṝl || śuthṝnīka
|-
! <small>Bound form</small>
| śuthah<sup>1</sup> || śuthru || śuthāh<sup>1</sup>
|}
{{col-break}}
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+''-ai'' stems
|-
! rowspan=2 | !! colspan=3 | ''lanai''<br/>"island"
|-
! Singular !! Dual !! Plural
|-
! <small>Direct</small>
| rowspan=2 | '''lanai''' || rowspan=2 | lanaive || rowspan=2 | lanai
|-
! <small>Vocative</small>
|-
! <small>Ergative</small>
| lanāyē || lanājñat || lanāyām
|-
! <small>Accusative</small>
| lanait || lanaitha || lanāyaih
|-
! <small>Dative</small>
| lanaik || lanaima || lanāyumi
|-
! <small>Ablative</small>
| lanāyū || lanaiṣu || lanainī
|-
! <small>Locative</small>
| lanāyā || rowspan=2 | lanaihe || lanāyän
|-
! <small>Essive</small>
| rowspan=3 | lanai || lanāyoṭu
|-
! <small>Instrumental</small>
| lanail || lanainīka
|-
! <small>Bound form</small>
| lanaiv || lanai
|}
{{col-break}}
{{col-end}}
Table notes:
# The underlying form of the final consonant of the direct and vocative singular, as well as singular and plural bound forms, is ''-r''.
====Singularia and pluralia tantum====
'''Pluralia tantum''' in Dundulanyä include the following nouns or categories of words:
# many collective nouns:
#: ''sūmi'' "hair", ''kāraṇḍhai'' "guts", ''rälsi'' "limbs", ''padagṇyauṣi'' "sons and daughters", ''gauṃsiḫi'' "cutlery", ''lampai'' "dishes, dishware"
# things that are heterogeneous in form but considered as a single entity:
#: ''katanai'' "clutter", ''dūḍhvi'' "banquet, buffet"; ''frāṇagi'' (a type of sandals made from straw rope), ''kuntilatiri'' "streaming"<ref>The word ''latiri'' is the plural of ''latire'' (wave, ray), but the compound itself does not have a singular form.</ref>, ''läjñyai'' "magic", ''ucururai'' "savings", ''rudhmai'' "resin", ''ḍotvi'' "fat", ''prāvṛḍḍi'' "controller"
# certain actions and processes that involve multiple people:
#: ''vāb̃nīyai'' "elections", ''viṣlāviḫi'' "protest, riot", ''lipmūyai'' "traffic jam", ''kardātatalavibi'' "hide-and-seek" (sometimes also found as dual)
# nouns denoting certain time spans, festivals, or holidays:
#: ''saṃlallai'' "afternoon", ''Bhartośāvi'' (the most important Yunyalīlti festivity); ''Kūlḫanari'' (a winter festival of Kenengyry origin)
# a few illnesses and health conditions or disorders:
#: ''norganai'' "urticaria", ''udhilelnai'' "autism", ''percibrāḍai'' "influenza"
# some locations, including large delimited areas, as well as many toponyms:
#: <!-- ''sūmeri'' ..., -->''ābābi'' "square", ''cadātāyi'' "tropics"
#: ''Mūnnakṣalti'', ''Anābāndirai''
# all ethnonyms:
#: ''dundulanyä'' "Dundulanyä", ''ṣurṭāgi'' "Skyrdegan(s)", ''tayubeśī'' "Toyubeshians", ''laḫābī'' "Laḫobs"
A few nouns do not have a singular, but can have a dual and a plural form. Their citation form is usually the dual:
: ''maihādhūve'' "parents", ''kardātatalavibive'' "hide-and-seek" (most commonly a plurale tantum)
Counted among pluralia tantum are certain words which are not defective in number, but whose plural forms have an additional meaning alongside the one of the singular form, like in the following examples:
: ''hamvilti'' "nursery" (''hamvilte'' "cradle"), ''īskāvidai'' "playground" (''īskāvida'' "swing"), ''utofi'' "clothes" (''utofe'' "cloth"), ''garaṇai'' "clock, watch" (''garaṇa'' "hour"), ''anutū'' "universe" (''anutu'' "space, invisible sky").
Unlike ethnonyms, nouns formed with the suffix ''-ulu'', often identifying a person from a certain place (e.g. ''lailulu'', ''naṅgaśaurulu'') are not pluralia tantum and have regularly-formed plurals (in ''-ulū'').
Some words are '''singularia tantum''':
# many collective nouns:
#: ''śvaṅga'' "money", ''b̃amu'' "breasts [pair of]", ''sājābe'' "leafy greens" (and particular types, e.g. ''mädisa'' "spinach"), ''ṭēmba'' "legumes" (and particular types, e.g. ''dīlla'' "peas", ''āśah'' "lentils"), ''mugba'' "cereals", ''javata'' "free time"
# feelings and sensations:
#: ''lāca'' "romantic love", ''ṭärṇa'' "fun", ''välna'' "sadness"
# nouns denoting certain uncountable things:
#: ''paɂe'' "dust", ''iḫare'' "spices", ''ḍaṃla'' "ice", ''m̃āku'' "ash"
# certain illnesses and health conditions:
#: ''khuṃɂanūkare'' "blue plague", ''khoppuḍu'' "cough" (cf. pluralizable ''khoptya'' "a single instance of coughing"), ''loviśñīya'' "runny nose"
# proper nouns referring to certain concepts:
#: ''yunya'', ''mīmamvīsidam'' "Dundulanyä-Skyrdagor 'Internet'";
#: individual sports, such as ''teyakaitsu'' or ''yalkatūfa''
#: cardinal points (''anūṭa'' "north", ''prādauna'' "south", ''nilāḍa'' "east", ''śusopa'' "west"<ref>Note that the plural form ''Śusopai'', lit. "(the) Wests", exists as a lexicalized proper noun referring to the regions of the Dundulanyä part of the West Coast of Lusaṃrīte. There is no similar usage for the other words denoting cardinal points.</ref>, as well as intercardinal directions, half and quarter-winds), including relative ones such as e.g. ''prābuñjña'' "upstream", ''sambuñjña'' "downstream";
#: musical genres, such as ''nāsibe'', ''ḍāfukulebe''
#: specialistic terminology made with suffixes (or compounds) related to science (''-śodda'', ''-yuhlä''), diseases (''-nūkare'', ''-hūttlä''), and political/philosophical currents (''-kumāṣa'')
# most toponyms:
#: ''Laḫduliśūse'' "the Confederation", ''Lusaṃrīte'', ''Ṣurṭāgah'' "Skyrdagor", ''Lāltaṣveya'', ''Naṅgaśūra'', ''Dändämämine''
====Irregular vocatives====
A few very common words (mostly kinship terms) have irregular vocative forms:
* ''ñältah'' "(male's) sister" — ''ñäli'' or ''ñäl''
* ''glūḫam'' "(female's) brother" — ''galū'' or ''glū''
* ''kālike'' "(female's) younger sister" — ''kāl'' or ''kālli'' or ''kalli''
* ''praśke'' "(male's) older brother" — ''pāśi''
* ''amamū'' "mother" — ''mā'' or ''māmu''
* ''atabū'' or ''batū'' "father" — ''bā'' or ''bābu''
====Irregular nouns====
A few Dundulanyä nouns are irregular (outside of the few vocatives in the section above). Most of them are suppletive in the plural, or have irregular stems:
* As mentioned above, a few irregular nouns end in long vowels; the most common ones are ''amamū'' "mother", ''atabū'' and ''batū'' (both "father"). These behave mostly as ''-u'' stem nouns and have, due to regular saṃdhi, ''ūv-'' before vocalic endings, except for having an irregular direct, vocative and bound form plural in ''-ūvi'' (''amamūvi, atabūvi, batūvi'').
<!-- * placeholder for other irregular long vowel nouns -->
* ''huline'' "woman" has the suppletive plural ''hulūni'' (regularly declined); its general combining stem is ''hulun-'' (although in some cases ''hulin-'' is also found)<ref>Cf. for the irregular vowel quality also the numeral ''emibe'' "one", which has e-stem and a-stem forms throughout its declension and an u-stem combining form.</ref>.
* ''svo'', the most common honorific, is most commonly used as an indeclinable adpositive title before the noun it refers to; however, it may used as a standalone noun, in which case it behaves as an ''-o'' stem noun except before vocalic endings, where it has the stem ''svom-'' instead of the expected *svav-; the irregular behaviour is due to it being a shortening of the original honorific ''svomardam'', already found in both full and shortened forms in Classical Dundulanyä.
* ''irāḍe'' "animal (including humans)" is a consonant stem noun in the singular and dual, but declines as an ''-a'' stem noun in the plural, i.e. direct pl. ''irāḍai''.
====Use of the plural====
Dundulanyä sometimes uses the singular in contexts where English uses the plural:
* Nouns are always singular after numerals (except, optionally, ''rirä'' (two), which they can also be dual after), ''sora'' (some), ''grāṇa'' (any), ''idu'' (no), ''idūṣam'' (no other), ''taili'' (many, much), ''didya'' (more), ''kaili'' (most), and ''ṣubha'' (few, little).
** After ''yaiva'', the difference in the noun's number expresses a distinction much like the one between English "every" and "all": ''yaiva täte'' "every house", ''yaiva täti'' "all houses".
* When referring to existence or availability of something, that something is always singular, e.g. the essive sg. of ''nikoṅka'' "chair" in ''dvārma nikūvaṅkī taisa'' "there are chairs in the room". It may be plural if topicalized, but the overall meaning of the sentence changes - e.g. ''nikauṅkai ba dvārma taisa'' "the chairs are in the room".
* When referring to a single person, ''häɂli'' (hand), ''meśiḫe'' (eye), and ''p̃agu'' (ear), and often also ''junai'' (foot) (more rarely for ''nādah'' (leg) and ''m̃ukar̃e'' (arm)) are typically singular and not dual - e.g. ''ānū miśeḫī meśah'' "I see it with my eyes" (lit. "with my eye"). In fact, they might be translated as "a person's hands/eyes/ears", given that dual forms are often used to mean e.g. "both hands of two people" and the plural ones for e.g. "many people's hands".
* ''junēlte'' (indoor slippers), ''rapūda'' ((thick) shoes), ''mähṣa'' (boots), and all types of shoes are also used in the singular to refer to a pair of them. The main exception is ''frāṇagi'' (straw rope sandals), which is a plurale tantum.
Duals and plurals of given names have the meaning of an associative plural, i.e. marking a group of two (dual) or more (plural) people contextually identified by some kind of relationship to the person the name refers to, such as e.g. "X and friends; X and family; X and partner..."; cf. ''Kālomīyayi'' "Kālomīye and people in/of her group".
===Pronouns (''śidrāñjiḫi'')===
The system of personal pronouns of both Classical and contemporary Dundulanyä is quite complex due to the honorific system. In modern Dundulanyä, the category of "pronouns" isn't actually syntactically differentiated from other nouns (except for being used anaphorically), to the point that, aside for a small number of "morphological" pronouns, which are usually neutral or informal, the pronominal system includes many possibilities of expressing referents in all persons. Dundulanyä pronouns are, in fact, an open class.
The main reason for the complexity of the pronominal system is that there are many possible variants for each person, depending on the formality of the context, the two-way rank difference between speaker and listener, or the three-way rank difference between the speaker, the listener, and the addressee. Some particular forms are also chosen depending on gender.
The fact that there is no syntactical difference between the morphological pronouns and those that are nouns also means that every word used pronominally, including given names, requires that person's verbal concord, i.e. a given name used as a second-person pronoun will be used in concordance with a second-person verb. Honorific adpositions (most notably ''svo'') used together with pronouns do not decline; the title or given name used with them declines instead.
====Personal pronouns====
First- and second-person pronouns have the same declension as nouns, although with the peculiarity of having neither a vocative nor a bound form and having the same form in the direct and ergative cases, as well as sporadic contractions in a few forms. In the traditional analysis, the singular is taken as the root and it is considered to be a nominal with suppletive stems in the dual and plural.
{{col-begin}}
{{col-break}}
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+First person (√''yuna'')
|-
! !! Singular !! Dual !! Plural
|-
! <small>Direct-Ergative</small>
| '''yuna''' || '''amūve''' || '''yunai'''<sup>1</sup>
|-
! <small>Accusative</small>
| yunat || amūtha<sup>2</sup> || yunaih
|-
! <small>Dative</small>
| yunak || amūvāma || yunumi
|-
! <small>Ablative</small>
| yunū || amūveṣu || yunenī
|-
! <small>Locative</small>
| yunā || rowspan=2 | amūvehe || yunyän
|-
! <small>Essive</small>
| rowspan=2 | yunī || yunoṭu
|-
! <small>Instrumental</small>
| amūvāl || yunanīka
|-
! <small>[[#Copula|Fused copular form]]</small>
| yūga || amūga || <small>yunai ga /</small><br/>īnega
|}
{{col-break}}
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+Second person (√''kata'')
|-
! !! Singular !! Dual !! Plural
|-
! <small>Direct-Ergative</small>
| '''kata''' || '''kotve''' || '''cītai'''
|-
! <small>Accusative</small>
| katat || kotūtha || cītaih
|-
! <small>Dative</small>
| katak || kotvāma || cītumi
|-
! <small>Ablative</small>
| katū || kotveṣu || cītenī
|-
! <small>Locative</small>
| katā || rowspan=2 | kotvehe || cītyän
|-
! <small>Essive</small>
| rowspan=2 | katī || cītoṭu
|-
! <small>Instrumental</small>
| kotvāl || cītanīka
|-
! <small>Fused copular form</small>
| kaṅga || kotūga || <small>cītai ga /</small><br/>cīṅga
|}
{{col-break}}
{{col-end}}
Table notes:
Table notes:
# '''' stem nouns have, in colloquial language, a plural direct/vocative and bound form ''-äe'' (long version of the stem vowel) by analogy with ''-i'' and ''-u'' stems, but this form is proscribed even in semi-formal usage.
# Also ''īnai'', especially used in poetry; the same stem is therefore found for all other forms (''īnaih, īnumi, īnenī'', etc.).
# In older Dundulanyä ''amūvītha''.
 
The reflexive pronoun '''śaṃḫe''' is actually a contraction of ''śaniḫe'', meaning "soul" (from √''śan-'' "to breathe); in post-Classical Dundulanyä, the two originally interchangeable forms became specialized, with the contracted form being used as a pronoun and the full one as a noun.<br/>Being a contracted form of a 1st ablaut declension noun, it regularly follows that declension (all the forms where the root is in the zero grade, as well as the singular and plural bound forms, are identical to the declined forms of ''śaniḫe''):
{| class="wikitable" align="center" style="text-align: center;" |
|+''śaṃḫe'' (''śan-iḫ-'') "oneself"
|-
! !! Singular !! Dual !! Plural
|-
! <small>Direct</small>
| '''śaṃḫe''' || '''śaṃḫive''' || '''śāṃḫi'''
|-
! <small>Ergative</small>
| śaṃḫē || śaṃḫīyat || śñeḫām
|-
! <small>Accusative</small>
| śaṃḫat || śaṃḫītha || śñeḫaih
|-
! <small>Dative</small>
| śñeḫak || śaṃḫīma || śñaiḫumi
|-
! <small>Ablative</small>
| śñeḫū || śaṃḫeṣu || śñaiḫenī
|-
! <small>Locative</small>
| śñeḫā || rowspan=2 | śaṃḫehe || śñaiḫän
|-
! <small>Essive</small>
| rowspan=2 | śñeḫī || śñaiḫoṭu
|-
! <small>Instrumental</small>
| śñeḫāl || śñaiḫenīka
|-
! <small>Bound form</small>
| śaniḫ || śaṃḫiv || śāniḫ
|}
 
====Possessive suffixes====
Each person has its respective possessive suffix, which are clitics mostly used to denote possession on nouns.
{| class="wikitable"
|+ Personal markers
|-
! <small>1SG</small> !! <small>2SG</small> !!<small>3SG</small> !! <small>1DU</small> !! <small>2DU</small> !! <small>3DU</small> !! <small>1PL</small> !! <small>2PL</small> !! <small>3PL</small>
|-
| -bu || -ya  || -ɂe || -bin || -sin || -hin || -fa || -yo || -rān
|}
Possessive suffixes are added to the head of the noun phrase (Dundulanyä does not have Suffixaufnahme), after any case ending but before any conjunctional clitic:
: ''ñältah; ñältah'''bu''''' "sister; my sister"
: ''nādaśrūṣe'''ya''' cända itta nādaśrūṣe'''ɂe''' śyūda.'' "Your (sg.) bike is orange, while his/her bike is black."
: ''āyome ga tūfa'''bu''' tūfa'''ya'''ś?'' "Is that my ball or your ball?"
: ''naviṣyayäh hiyome ga padacyūse'''bu'''.'' "This is my favourite book." (lit.: "among books, this is my favourite")
An explicit possessor is marked used the bound form (typically together with third person clitics, but not exclusively):
: ''imut nādaśrūṣe'''ɂe''''' "the teacher's bike"
: ''buneyev pūnuḍu'''hin''''' "the two older sisters' jobs"
: ''dundulanyä ḫamfa'''fa''''' "the Dundulanyä language" (lit.: "the language of us, the Dundulanyä")
Bound forms can also be marked with possessive clitics on their own:
: ''imut'''rān''' nādaśrūṣe'''ɂe''''' "their teacher's bike"
: ''buneyev'''bu''' pūnuḍu'''hin''''' "my two older sisters' jobs"
 
====Lists of pronouns====
The following words include the personal pronouns as well as words used as pronoun equivalents, not actually distinguishable from the personal pronouns listed above, except for the fact that the latter do not have any clear reconstructed etymology and are generally only used as pronouns. Most of them are also markedly feminine or masculine.
 
=====First person pronouns=====
* '''yuna''' is the most neutral first person singular pronoun, however its neutrality makes it less preferable to other pronouns (especially in informal contexts, or formal contexts with legal difference in status) in oral speech, while it is the predominant one in written language. It is often used (reciprocally) in business settings, as well as (one-sidedly) by public officials.
* one's given name is informally used as a pronoun; however, as the situations one would use one's own given name pronominally are generally only among friends and family, it is not the given name itself but a hypocoristic form that is used as such.
* '''śaṃḫe''' (originally '''śaniḫe''' "soul", see above), literally meaning "[my]self", is used informally as a first person singular pronoun, and can be perceived as moderately rude when not used among close friends.
* '''midū''' is a neutral or semi-formal pronoun generally used by males only; originally meant "servant" in a language of late classical Śubhāla, but does not carry much of a self-deprecating meaning in contemporary Dundulanyä, being instead perceived as rude in formal situations where there is a legal difference in status (as with public officials or judges). It can be used - and, indeed, usually is  - by school pupils talking to their teacher and by PhD students talking to their professors (in written form, they generally refer to themselves as ''yuna''), but is perceived as rude when used by other universitary students towards professors (in both oral and written form). It is also acceptable, and often used (especially in Jūhma) by sons towards their mothers and older female members of the family.
* '''bāna''' (originally meaning "side") is mostly a female equivalent of ''midū'', however, it is generally considered slightly higher, being also used in most (but not all) contexts with a legal status difference - with most public officials, but not judges - or by students towards processors, where a male would be perceived rude using ''midū''.
* '''nai''' (most likely a vṛddhi derivation from the root √''ne-'' "to say") is a nearly exclusively feminine pronoun used in formal contexts by women when talking to men. The same word is also sometimes found as a second-person pronoun reciprocally used by men towards women, although most commonly with honorifics (see below).
* '''nämona''' is a pronoun which has different connotations depending on whether it is used by women or men. As a feminine pronoun, it is quite informal and especially used by adolescent girls and older women with close friends, as an alternative to the hypocoristic given name. As a masculine pronoun, it is quite formal, having more or less the same formality as ''midū'', but used more often with strangers.
* '''cañśe''' is a nearly universally masculine first person pronoun which is broadly a male equivalent of ''nämona'': it is used informally by adolescent kids and by older males in informal settings with very close (generally also male) friends, generally alternating with the hypocoristic given name; it is also quite often used by sons when speaking to older male members of the family. In Northern Lusaṃrīte and some of the outlying islands, as well as parts of the inland Śusopai (Western Lusaṃrīte), it is also used by females.
 
=====Second person pronouns=====
* '''nai''' (used as a feminine first person pronoun) is used as a second person pronoun in the reverse context, in formal speech by men addressing women. Most commonly it is used in the honorific form '''svo nai''' or '''svo''' + given name + '''nai'''.
 
====Correlatives====
Dundulanyä has a fairly regular system of correlatives, distinguishing ten types (proximal, medial, distal, interrogative, negative, assertive existential, elective existential, universal, positive alternative, and negative alternative) in twelve categories (attributive, thing, person, [person or thing] owner of, time, place, destination, origin, way, reason, quality, quantity).
{| class="wikitable"
|-
! Category ↓ / Type → !! Proximal !! Medial !! Distal !! Interrogative !! Negative !! Ass. exist. !! Elect. exist. !! Universal !! Positive altern. !! Negative altern.
|-
! Attributive
| ''hine''<br/>this || ''hunu''<br/>that (near you) || ''āna''<br/>that (over there) || ''bena?''<br/>which? || ''idu''<br/>no || ''sora''<br/>some || ''grāṇa''<br/>any || rowspan=2 | ''yaiva''<br/>every(thing) || ''viṣam''<br/>another, other || ''idūṣam''<br/>no other
|-
! Thing
| ''hiyome''<br/>this one || ''huyome''<br/>that one (near you) || ''āyome''<br/>that one (over there) || ''beyome?''<br/>what?; which one? || ''idume''<br/>nothing || ''sorame''<br/>something || ''grāṇame''<br/>anything || ''viṣāme''<br/>something else || ''idūṣāme''<br/>nothing else
|-
! Person
| ''hikana''<br/>this one || ''hukana''<br/>that one (near you) || ''ākana''<br/>that one (over there) || ''bekana?''<br/>who? || ''idona''<br/>no one || ''sorakna''<br/>someone || ''grākṇa''<br/>anyone || ''yāyukana''<br/>everyone || ''viṣkaṇa''<br/>someone else || ''idūṣkaṇa''<br/>no one else
|-
! Owner of<sup>1</sup>
| ''hirūm''<br/>this one's || ''hurūm''<br/>that one's (near you) || ''ārūm''<br/>that one's (over there) || ''berūm?''<br/>whose? || ''idurūm''<br/>no one's || ''sohrūm''<br/>someone's || ''grāṃrūm''<br/>anyone's || ''yāyurūm''<br/>everyone's || ''viṣrūm''<br/>someone else's || ''idūṣrūm''<br/>no one else's
|-
! Time
| ''hivet''<br/>now || ''huvet''<br/>then || ''āvet''<br/>then (remote) || ''bevet?''<br/>when? || ''iduvet''<br/>never || ''sorvet''<br/>sometime, somewhen || ''grāmvet''<br/>anytime, whenever || ''yāyuvet''<br/>always, everytime || ''viṣvet''<br/>sometime else || ''idūṣvet''<br/>never else
|-
! Place
| ''hiyo''<br/>here || ''huyo''<br/>there || ''āyo''<br/>over there || ''beyo?''<br/>where? || ''iduyo''<br/>nowhere || ''sorayo''<br/>somewhere || ''grāṇyo''<br/>anywhere || ''yaivyo''<br/>everywhere || ''viṣayo''<br/>elsewhere || ''idūṣayo''<br/>nowhere else
|-
! Destination
| ''hiyāk''<br/>hither || ''huyāk''<br/>thither || ''āyāk''<br/> thither (remote) || ''beyāk?''<br/>whither? || ''idvāk''<br/>nowhither || ''sorayāk''<br/>somewhither || ''grāṇyāk''<br/>anywhither || ''yaivyāk''<br/>everywhither || ''viṣayāk''<br/>elsewhither || ''idūṣayāk''<br/>nowhither else
|-
! Source
| ''hiyau''<br/>hence || ''huyau''<br/>thence || ''āyau''<br/> thence (remote) || ''beyau?''<br/>whence? || ''idvau''<br/>nowhence ||  ''sorayau''<br/>somewhence || ''grāṇyau''<br/>anywhence || ''yaivyau''<br/>everywhence || ''viṣayau''<br/>elsewhence || ''idūṣayau''<br/>nowhence else
|-
! Manner
| ''hilīce''<br/>thus, hereby || ''hulīce''<br/>thereby || ''ālīce''<br/>thereby; that other way || ''belīce?''<br/>how? || ''idulīce''<br/>no way || ''soralīce''<br/>somehow || ''grāṃlīce''<br/>anyhow || ''yāyulīce''<br/>everyway || ''viṣlīce''<br/>otherwise || ''idūṣlīce''<br/>no other way
|-
! Reason
| ''himena''<br/>herefore || ''humena''<br/>therefore || ''āmena''<br/>therefore; for that other reason || ''bemena?''<br/>why? || ''idumena''<br/>for no reason || ''soramena''<br/>somewhy || ''grāmena''<br/>whyever, for any reason || ''yāyumena''<br/>for every reason || ''viṣmena''<br/>for another reason || ''idūṣmena''<br/>for no other reason
|-
! Quality
| ''hismā''<br/>this kind || ''husmā''<br/>that kind || ''āsmā''<br/>that other kind || ''besmā?''<br/>which kind? || ''idusmā''<br/>no kind || ''sorasmā''<br/>some kind || ''grāṃsmā''<br/>any kind || ''yāyusmā''<br/>every kind || ''viṣasmā''<br/>another kind || ''idūṣasmā''<br/>no other kind
|-
! Quantity
| ''hiqna''<br/>this much || ''huqna''<br/>that much || ''āqna''<br/>that much (remote) || ''beqna?''<br/>how much? || ''iduqna''<br/>none || ''soraqna''<br/>some of it || ''grāqna''<br/>any much || ''yāyuqna''<br/>all of it || ''viṣaqna''<br/>another quantity || ''idūṣaqna''<br/>no other quantity
|}
# The "owner of" correlatives are bound forms that mark possession, e.g. ''hirūm naviṣyaɂe'' "this [person]'s book", ''idurūm naviṣyaɂe'' "no one's book", ''berūm naviṣyaɂe?'' "whose book is this?" (lit. "who is the owner of [the] book?"). As such, they are always used together with a third-person (generally singular) possessive suffix.
 
<small>THING</small>, <small>PERSON</small>, <small>QUALITY</small> and <small>QUANTITY</small> correlatives decline for case; the proximal, medial and distal members of the <small>THING</small> (''hiyome, huyome, āyome'') and <small>PERSON</small> series (''hikana, hukana, ākana'') also decline for number.<br/>
The <small>QUALITY</small> and <small>QUANTITY</small> correlatives are generally only declined when used together with the bound form of another noun (e.g. ''m̃uk huqna'' "that much milk", ''nṛta idūṣasmā'' "no other kind of dream").
 
Note that Dundulanyä does not have wh-fronting: ''hine täte māmūtrību lilīsa'' "in this house lives my maternal aunt" → ''hine täte bekanī lilīsa?'' "who lives in this house?"
 
Negatives, elective existentials, universals, and positive alternatives for thing and person correlatives may also take dual number:
: ''idumive, idoneve'' "neither";
: ''grāṇamive, grākṇeve'' "either";
: ''yaiveve, yāyukaneve'' "both";
: ''viṣāmive, viṣkaṇeve'' "the other one".


===Verbs===
===Verbs (''darūmmai'')===
Dundulanyä verbs are quite complex and generally formed in an agglutinative manner - even if there are fusional elements for what concerns tense, aspect, and subject agreement. The language has an [[w:Symmetrical voice|Austronesian-type]] morphosyntactic alignment, and the argument the verb agrees with is controlled by a particular morpheme inside the verb complex.
The verb (''darūmma'', pl. ''darūmmai'') is the most inflected part of speech in Dundulanyä. Forms are quite complex and generally formed in an agglutinative manner - even if there are fusional elements for what concerns tense, aspect, and subject agreement.
 
The language has an [[w:Symmetrical voice|Austronesian-type]] morphosyntactic alignment, and the argument the verb agrees with is controlled by a particular morpheme inside the verb complex. Due to the complex structure, a single verb form can often correspond to a more complex English sentence, as e.g. ''kujadumbhyaimyūsaɂed'' (I've been told that the two of you are bringing [it] again (on foot) from outside at my/our place for him/her), a form of the root ''dombh-'' (to bring on foot, with the hands), morphemically ''kuḍ-sa-dumbh-ya-emi-ū-sa-ɂe=d''.


The morpheme order of Dundulanyä verbs is the following; elements in '''bold''' are required, even if some of them may be zero morphemes:
The morpheme order of Dundulanyä verbs is the following; elements in '''bold''' are required, even if some of them may be zero morphemes:


''(still unfinished)''
{| class="wikitable"
|+ Dundulanyä verb structure
|-
! -3 !! -2 !! -1 !! 0 !! 1 !! 2 !! 3 !! 4 !! 5 !! 6 !! 7 !! 8 !! 9
|-
| rowspan=2 | Positional prefix || rowspan=2 | ''-sa-''<br/>inverse deixis prefix || Incorporated verbal root || rowspan=2 |  '''Stem''' || rowspan=2 | Tense markers || rowspan=2 | Ablative motion marker || rowspan=2 |  '''Evidential marker''' || rowspan=2 | Irrealis marker<br/>(''-g-'') || rowspan=2 | Causative or applicative marker || rowspan=2 | '''Trigger/voice''' || rowspan=2 |  '''Personal agreement''' || rowspan=2 |  Dative agreement || rowspan=2 | Verb-final conjunctions
|-
|| Incorporated nominal root
|}
 
Verbs have four stems: present, past, perfect and frequentative; the latter two are always distinct, while non-ablauting roots have the same stems for the present and the past. These stems are used with different sets of personal agreement endings; different combinations of stems and endings are used to form a variety of tense-aspect combinations.
 
A few irregular verbs have suppletive stems, and a smaller number of verbs is defective, lacking one or more stems. However, the vast majority of Dundulanyä verbs is regular, with apparent irregularities being explained by irregular or peculiar behavior of the verb roots themselves (especially class I ones), e.g. in verbs such as ''śadah'' "I am asked" - ''āḍan'' "I was asked" - ''āḍam'' "I have been asked", ''āḍ-'' being the regular zero grade of the class I root ''śad-''<ref>Cf. the reconstructed Pre-Dundulanyä forms *śad-, *(ǝ)śd-, and the evolution of the latter {{IPA|*[ǝʐɖ]}} → {{IPA|*[ǝːɖ]}} → {{IPA|[aːɖ]}}.</ref>.
 
====Root incorporation====
Some verb roots may be used with either a verbal or a nominal incorporated root which comes right before the stem in the verb complex. Incorporated verb roots are always in zero-grade ablaut, while incorporated nominal roots are actually a closed class of prefixes etymologically related to certain nouns that broadly identify the object (usually the patient) of the verb.
 
Incorporated verb roots form root+root complexes where the incorporated root adds a dimension of meaning to the main one, such as with the root ''jūpūn-'' "to work in a hurry" from ''pūn-'' "to work" with the incorporated root ''jo-'' "to hurry", or ''nililobh-'' "to write down through brainstorming" from ''lobh-'' "to write" with ''nily-'' "to think".<br/>
Incorporated nominal roots include for example morphemes such as ''tan-'' for a long object (cf. ''taṇḍa'' "stick, cane") resulting in forms such as ''taṃlobh-'' "to affix; carve (on a stick, a post)", or ''ghar-'' for "wood" with forms such as ''ghahräś-'' "to debark" (''√räś-'' "to peel") or ''gharṇevy-'' "to carve wood" (''nevy-'' "to shape").
 
The prefix ''yau-'' fills the incorporated nominal root slot, however it denotes repetition and patient plurality and is always used together with the agentive trigger, as shown in forms such as ''yaukṛsūn'' "I waited for all of them", ''yaucikhūn'' "I offered [them] a drink one by one".<br/>Similarly, the prefixes ''sya-'' (exhaustive), ''tra-'' (iterative) and ''cū-'' (excessive) fill the slot of the incorporated root. ''sya-'' is uncommon in the modern language, as it is often used as a synonym of ''yau-'';  the original difference being that it does not apply to transitive verbs only, and it does not imply a repeated or prolonged action. Cf. forms such as ''syanīyūn'' "I said it all", ''tranīyūn'' "I said it again", ''cūnīyūn'' "I said too much".
 
A verb root can also be reduplicated using the zero-grade version of itself as the incorporated root. The resulting verbs can have different meanings but usually intensive (as a less formal alternative to the intensive TAM) or iterative-continuous, e.g. ''cyūcyavūh'' "I really want it" (''√cyo-'' "to want"). Some reduplicated stems are effectively lexicalized, such as ''nīne-'' "to repeat" (''√ne-'' "to say"), and can therefore form the base for further derived forms, e.g. ''imyamam'' "glutton" (''√yam-'' "to eat").
 
====Inverse deixis and ablative motion====
While apparently similar, the inverse deixis marker or cislocative (the ''-s(a)-'' prefix) and the ablative motion marker (the ''-y(a)-'' suffix) are distinct and, in fact, not mutually exclusive. While the ablative motion marker cannot be used without the positional prefix (with the exception of [[#Positional-classificatory_verbs|positional-classificatory verbs]]), the cislocative can.
 
The cislocative prefix marks an action towards the deictic center (generally the speaker), marked as divergent from the default state which is action from the deictic center: see e.g. ''loni'' (lon-i) "you go (walk)" vs. cislocative ''saloni'' (sa-lon-i) "you come (on foot)" for an example without a positional prefix; however it can also be used together with such prefix as in e.g. ''gāloni'' (gā-lon-i) "you walk in" vs. ''gāsloni'' (gā-s(a)-lon-i) "you come in (on foot)".
 
The ablative motion marker (which forces zero-grade ablaut on the present stem), on the other hand, inverts the direction marked by the positional/directional prefix, which is allative by default (i.e. ''to'' a place), making it ablative (i.e. ''from'' a place): ''gāmeśūh'' (gā-meś-ū-h) "I look inside" vs. ''gāmiśyūh'' (gā-miś-y-ū-h) "I look from the inside". The ablative marker is, due to how positional and motion verbs work in Dundulanyä, most commonly used and useful with transitive verbs, e.g. ''kuṇḍombhūsa'' (kuḍ-dombh-ū-sa) "you two bring outside" vs. ''kuṇḍumbhyūsa'' (kuḍ-dumbh-y-ū-sa) "you two bring from outside".
 
The cislocative and the ablative marker can, in fact, be used together, in forms such as ''kujadumbhyūsa'' (kuḍ-sa-dumbh-y-ū-sa) "you two bring [us] from outside", ''gāslunyi'' "you come (on foot) from the inside". See also the following sentences, using the ablative motion marker, and the distinctions implied by the presence or absence of the cislocative prefix:
* ''bunūgoba kujamiśyū'' "The thief is looking [at me/us] from the outside";
* ''bunūgoba jṛṣṇat kujamiśyū'' "The thief is looking at my backpack [which is near me/in the same room as me] from the outside";
* ''bunūgoba jṛṣṇat kuḍmiśyū'' "The thief is looking at my backpack from the outside [and I am not in the same room as my backpack]".
 
====Stem and TAM formation====
The four basic stems are formed as follows:
* The '''present''' stem is the root with the middle grade vowel;
* The '''past''' stem is the root with the zero grade vowel;
** For non-ablauting roots, the present and past stems are therefore identical.
* The '''perfect''' stem is the root with the zero grade vowel and an augment which is identical to the vowel of the root itself (shortened, if it is long) if the vowel is any of '''a, e, i, u'''; otherwise:
** if the stem vowel is '''o, ä, ṛ''' or '''ṝ''', the augment is '''a''';
** if the stem vowel is a diphthong, only the first element is taken as the augment.
* The '''frequentative''' stem is the root with the zero grade vowel plus the ''middle'' grade vowel as the augment, and adding ''-sā'' (with the appropriate saṃdhi changes). Again, there are some exceptions to the general augment rule:
** if the stem vowel is '''ṛ''' or '''ṝ''', the augment is '''ā''';
** otherwise, the same rules as the perfect augment apply.
* The '''intensive''' (or ''energetic'') stem, which does not form tenses but a mood, is formed with a higher grade augment and a middle grade root vowel.
 
Some affixes may force the stem vowel to be in a certain ablaut grade, such as the ablative motion marker shown in the previous section, which forces a present stem to have a zero grade vowel regardless.
 
As an example, the stems of ''ne-'' (II) "to say" are: present ''ne-'', past ''nī-'', perfect ''inī-'', frequentative ''enīsā-'', intensive ''aine-''. The non-ablauting root ''pūn-'' (to work) has present/past ''pūn-'', perfect ''upūn-'', frequentative ''upūṃsā-''; ''dīd-'' (0) "to act, react, do, behave" has present/past ''dīd-'', perfect ''idīd-'', frequentative ''idījā-''.
 
There are also '''tense markers''' which are added to the above stems to form the base for other TAM:
* the '''future''' formant is ''-iṣy-'' (or ''-ṣy-'' after vowels), added to the past stem (more precisely, to the zero grade root<ref>While there is no difference for most verbs, this is meaningful in the case of verbs with suppletive stems: for example, ''meś-'' has the suppletive past stem ''āsmy-'', but the future stem is ''miśiṣy-''.</ref>);
* the '''situational''' is formed with the marker ''-āp-'', added to either the zero grade root or the perfect stem.
 
The situational is a non-finite verb form which can express a contemporaneous (e.g. "while ...-ing") or anterior action (e.g. "after having ...-ed"), both as a circumstance or as a reason (e.g. "given that..."). Together with the irrealis marker, it forms concessive clauses.
 
The various tenses (more appropriately tense-aspect combinations) and moods are formed by the combination of the above stems and different terminations (which are listed in the dedicated section below):
* Present: present stem + present terminations
* Past: past stem + past terminations
* Perfect: perfect stem + perfect terminations
* Frequentative: frequentative stem + frequentative terminations
* Future: future "stem" + perfect terminations
* Imperfective situational: zero grade root plus ''-āp-'' formant + present terminations
* Perfective situational: perfect stem with ''-āp-'' formant + perfect terminations
The intensive, which is a tense-aspect-mood combination, has only two aspects: imperfective and perfective (today both found in very formal styles, but otherwise considered too bookish for general use):
* Imperfective intensive: intensive stem + present terminations
* Perfective intensive: intensive stem + perfect terminations
 
The '''imperative''' is generally considered apart from the other stems, as it is only used in second person singular and plural and first person plural forms: its stem is the bare stem but with the higher grade vowel (i.e. ''maiś-'' for the root ''meś-''), with the present terminations for the two plural forms but endingless for the singular.
 
The '''subjunctive''' does not have its own stem, but is formed as a sort of reverse intensive: it has specific endings which are used together with the zero-grade stem (for the imperfective subjunctive) and with the perfect stem (for the perfective subjunctive).
 
====''Junyai''====
The forms called, in traditional Dundulanyä grammar, ''junyai'' (sg. ''junya'', literally "shade, hue") are special stems (hence filling only the "stem" portion of the verb complex) which denote particular meanings, often corresponding to moods. There are four ''junyai'': desiderative, necessitative, potential and permissive, formed as follows, through reduplication (with different ablaut grades in the stem and in the reduplication) and suffixes:
* Desiderative: zero-grade reduplication + middle-grade root + ''-s'';
* Necessitative: middle-grade reduplication + zero-grade root + ''-sū'';
* Potential: zero-grade reduplication + middle-grade root + ''-nā'';
* Permissive: reduplication with the vowel ''ī'' (''ū'' after non-nasal labials) + zero-grade root + ''-ūd'';
<!-- * Intensive: reduplication with lengthened vowel + zero-grade root + ''-ī''. -->
 
Examples with various roots:
* ''meś-'' (II) "to see": <small>DES</small> mi-meś-s- → ''mimekṣ-''; <small>NEC</small> me-miś-sū- → ''memikṣū''; <small>POT</small> mi-meś-nā- → ''mimeśñā-''; <small>PERM</small> mī-miś-ūd → ''mīmiśūd-''<!--; <small>INT</small> mī-miś-ī- → ''mīmiśī-''-->.
* ''śan-'' (I) "to breathe": <small>DES</small> ś-śan-s- → ''kṣaṃs-'' (rarely ''śaśaṃs-''); <small>NEC</small> śa-śn-sū- → ''śaśñāsū-''; <small>POT</small> ś-śan-nā- → ''kṣannā-'' (rarely ''śaśannā-''); <small>PERM</small> śī-śn-ūd- → ''śīśñūd-''<!--; <small>INT</small> śā-śn-ī- → ''śāśñī-''-->.
 
====Causative, applicative and trigger (voice) markers====
There are six possible trigger (voice) markers:
* '''-∅-''' patient trigger;
* '''-ū-''' agent trigger;
* '''-ik-''' reflexive trigger;
** '''-ik-ū-''' (or '''-ik-e-'''), combination of agent and reflexive triggers, for the reciprocal voice;
* '''-mi-''' circumstantial (benefactive or instrumental) trigger;
* '''-īs-''' locative trigger;
* '''-bai-''' reason trigger.
 
The causative ('''-on-''' or '''-n-''') and applicative ('''-im-''' or '''-m-''') markers fill the slot preceding the trigger marker, but unlike the latter those markers are not mandatory.
 
====Evidential markers====
There are six evidential markers:
* '''-∅-''' direct knowledge;
* '''-ɂä-''' "first" inferential (trusted);
* '''-eb(i)-''' "second" inferential (doubtful);
* '''-ukiɂ(a)-''' assumptive;
* '''-emi-''' "first" reportative/hearsay (trusted);
* '''-enab(u)-''' "second" reportative/hearsay (doubtful).
 
====Personal agreement====
The following ones are the personal agreement endings for Dundulanyä verbs.


{| class="redtable lightredbg"
{| class="wikitable"
|+ Dundulanyä verb structure
|+ Personal markers
|-
! !! <small>1SG</small> !! <small>2SG</small> !!<small>3SG</small> !! <small>1DU</small> !! <small>2DU</small> !! <small>3DU</small> !! <small>1PL</small> !! <small>2PL</small> !! <small>3PL</small>
|-
! Present
| -(a)h || -i  || -a/-∅ || rowspan=2 | -(a)ba || rowspan=2 | -(a)sa || rowspan=2 | -(a)ḍa || rowspan=2 | -evu || rowspan=2 | -(a)ḫo || rowspan=2 | -āhai
|-
! Frequentative
| -u || colspan=2 | -i
|-
! Perfect
| -am || -ī || -a || -ra || -ri || -a || -ima || -iśa || -a
|-
! Past
| -n || -īt || -(n)ī || -rap || -ro || -ra || -nān || -thā || -lī
|-
|-
| Prefix || '''Stem''' || '''Trigger/voice''' || '''Evidential marker''' || '''Personal agreement''' || Dative agreement
! Subjunctive
| || -āt<sup>1</sup> || -ai || -oba || -osa || -ai || -ove || -aut<sup>1</sup> || -ai
|}
|}


Verbs have four stems: present, past, perfect and frequentative; the latter two are always distinct, while non-ablauting roots have the same stems for the present and the past. These stems are used with different sets of personal agreement endings; different combinations of stems and endings are used to form a variety of tense-aspect combinations.<br/>A few irregular verbs have suppletive stems, and a smaller number of verbs is defective, lacking one or more stems.
# In Classical Dundulanyä, subjunctive 2nd person terminations ''-ās'' (singular) and ''-aus'' (plural) are found in many texts; in the early and mid Classical period, the distribution is clearly dialectal: the dialects of coastal Taktapṣikha and the course of the Hundhura downstream from the confluence of the Lāmbera, the Lātlaka region to the southeast, as well as the majority of the Yuṣṇiya valley (western Taktapṣikha) and North Shore colonies of these territories use the ''-ās/-aus'' forms, with the rest of Taktapṣikha, nearly all of Śubhāla (which underwent Dundulanyä-ization during the Classical period) as well as - forming a linguistic island - the Śola peninsula (far northern Taktapṣikha, between two of the Inland Seas) using the ''-āt/-aut'' forms. By the late Classical period, ''-āt/-aut'' forms became predominant because of both sound changes (especially in the North Shore) and greater cultural and political dominance of some ''-āt/-aut'' cities such as Nallalitle (along the Lāmbera), Mūmäfumbe and Līlekhaite (in Śubhāla), Udunna (in Śola), and Ṭäleneśāma (on the North Shore)<ref>While the broader political and cultural center of the Dundulanyä world remained the plains of Taktapṣikha, Śola, Śubhāla and the North Shore, at the borders of the Classical Dundulanyä world, would later become the centers of expansion of Dundulanyä culture respectively towards the western Inland Seas, the East (the Toyubeshian realms and then Jūhma), and Northern Lusaṃrīte.</ref>, although sometimes even the same authors used both forms, in a few cases even in the same text. In the post-Classical period, ''-āt/-aut'' became the standard forms, although local languages in ''-ās/-aus'' areas developed from the original ones.
 
The forms with vowel in the present are used after a consonant; the 3SG form is therefore a zero-marker in many common forms such as after the agent trigger (cf. ''teṇa'' "3SG is fed" and ''teṇū'' "3SG feeds").
 
Exclusively for the dative argument, there is a set of dative terminations that show indirect object concord in all voices except for dative-trigger. The terminations are the same as the [[#Possessive_suffixes|possessive suffixes]] used with nouns, except for 1SG and 1DU having ''-m-'' instead of ''-b-'' as the thematic consonant:
{| class="wikitable"
|+ Dative terminations
|-
! <small>1SG</small> !! <small>2SG</small> !!<small>3SG</small> !! <small>1DU</small> !! <small>2DU</small> !! <small>3DU</small> !! <small>1PL</small> !! <small>2PL</small> !! <small>3PL</small>
|-
| -mu || -ya  || -ɂe || -min || -sin || -hin || -fa || -yo || -rān
|}


<!-- {| class="redtable lightredbg"
Example basic conjugation showing stems and endings (but, for simplicity, zero morphemes wherever possible):
|+ Agent-agreement terminations
{| class="wikitable mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" width="1200px"
|+ Example conjugation of the root √śro- (III) "to throw, propel, launch"
|-
|-
! colspan=2 | !! <small>1SG</small> !! <small>2SG</small> !!<small>3SG</small> !! <small>1DU</small> !! <small>2DU</small> !! <small>3DU</small> !! <small>1PL</small> !! <small>2PL</small> !! <small>3PL</small>
! colspan=2 | !! <small>1SG</small> !! <small>2SG</small> !!<small>3SG</small> !! <small>1DU</small> !! <small>2DU</small> !! <small>3DU</small> !! <small>1PL</small> !! <small>2PL</small> !! <small>3PL</small>
|-
|-
! rowspan=4 | Indicative !! Present
! rowspan=5 | Indicative !! Present
| -if ||  || -ad || || || || -ēm || -īvi || -āhai
| śroh || śravi || śro || śroba || śrosa || śroḍa || śravevu || śroḫo || śravāhai
|-
! Frequentative
| ośrūsau || ośrūsai || ośrūsai || ośrūsāba || ośrūsāsa || ośrūsāḍa || ośrūsaivu || ośrūsāḫo || ośrūsāhai
|-
|-
! Perfect
! Perfect
| -am || -es || -a || || || -a || || || -a
| uśrūm || uśrūvī || uśrū || uśrūra || uśrūri || uśrū || uśrūvima || uśrūviśa || uśrū
|-
|-
! Past
! Past
| || ||  || || || || || ||  
| śrūn || śrūvīt || śrūnī || śrūrap || śrūro || śrūra || śrūnān || śrūthā || śrūlī
|-
! Future
| śrūṣyam || śrūṣyī || śrūṣya || śrūṣyara || śrūṣyari || śrūṣya || śrūṣyima || śrūṣyiśa || śrūṣya
|-
! rowspan=2 | Subjunctive !! Imperfective
| śrūvā || śrūvāt || śrūvai || śrūvoba || śrūvosa || śrūvai || śrūvove || śrūvaut || śrūvai
|-
! Perfective
| uśrūvā || uśrūvāt || uśrūvai || uśrūvoba || uśrūvosa || uśrūvai || uśrūvove || uśrūvaut || uśrūvai
|-
! rowspan=2 | Situational !! Imperfective
| śrūvāpah || śrūvāpi || śrūvāpa || śrūvābba || śrūvāpsa || śrūvābḍa || śrūvāpevu || śrūvāppho || śrūvāpāhai
|-
|-
! Frequentative
! Perfective
| || || rowspan=2 | -ī || || rowspan=2 | || || || rowspan=2 |
| uśrūvāpam || uśrūvāpī || uśrūvāpa || uśrūvāpra || uśrūvāpri || uśrūvāpa || uśrūvāpima || uśrūvāpiśa || uśrūvāpa
|-
! rowspan=2 | Intensive !! Imperfective
| auśroh || auśravi || auśro || auśroba || auśrosa || auśroḍa || auśravevu || auśroḫo || auśravāhai
|-
! Perfective
| auśrom || auśravī || auśrava || auśrora || auśrori || auśrava || auśravima || auśraviśa || auśrava
|-
|-
! Subjunctive !!
! colspan=2 | Imperative
| || || || || ||
| - || śrau || - || - || - || - || śrāvevu || śrauḫo || -
|} -->
|}


===Numerals===
====Copula====
Dundulanyä has a duodecimal numeral system.
The Dundulanyä copula is '''ga'''; however, it is not a verb, but an invariable particle which links two nouns:
: ''hine saṃhāram '''ga''' ṣurlāke.'' "This boy is Ṣurlāke."
: ''kālomīye '''ga''' ñältahbu.'' "Kālomīye is my sister."
: ''lalāruṇai fanēyai kuka '''ga''' irāḍai.'' "Lalāruṇai<ref>Giant domestic lizards endemic to central Lusaṃrīte: in Dundulanyä culture and history they have a role similar to horses.</ref> and capybaras are animals."
In any role outside of the direct knowledge indicative present, the copula is replaced by the (regular) verb ''jall-'':
: ''kālomīye dariśah '''jallī'''.'' "Kālomīye was a dancer."
: ''kālomīye dariśah '''jalliṣya'''.'' "Kālomīye will be a dancer."
However, whenever temporal adverbs that imply a non-present tense are found, '''ga''' is used instead:
: ''prānilau kālomīye '''ga''' dariśah.'' "Tomorrow, Kālomīye will be a dancer."
The same particle '''ga''' doubles as an adpositive particle, joining nouns together in noun phrases:
: ''līlasuṃghāṇa '''ga''' marta'' "city of Līlasuṃghāṇa"
: ''mīhuṅga '''ga''' maita'' "Mīhuṅga river"
: ''śaṃḫe '''ga''' hufāne '''ga''' śidrañjiḫe.'' "The word 'śaṃḫe' is a pronoun." (first ''ga'' adpositive; second ''ga'' copula)


{| class="redtable lightredbg"
The negative copula is simply '''idu''' (not), with the same usage and the same replacement verb:
: ''hine saṃhāram '''idu''' ṣurlāke.'' "This boy is not Ṣurlāke."
: ''kālomīye '''idu''' ñältahbu.'' "Kālomīye is not my sister."
: ''prānilau kālomīye '''idu''' dariśah.'' "Tomorrow, Kālomīye will not be a dancer."
: ''kālomīye dariśah '''jalliṣiga va'''.'' "Kālomīye will not be a dancer."
 
First- and second-person pronouns have synthetic (fused) copular forms:
: '''''yūga''' dūhṛṃlila.'' "I am an office worker."
: '''''kaṅga''' umūm lila.'' "You are a good person."
 
The undeclinable so-called "copular adjectives", such as ''cami'' "great, important", ''lalla'' "high, higher; next" or ''umūm'' "good", are not used with ''ga'', but need ''idu'' in a negative sentence:
: ''āna lila '''umūm'''.'' "That person is good."
: ''hiyome '''idu cami'''.'' "This is not important."
 
===Numerals (''dhujāvāmi'')===
Dundulanyä is one of the few human Eventoan languages - together with the other ancient languages grouped as East Taktapṣaikhulu languages, a few other languages scattered in southern Lusaṃrīte, and a handful of others around the world, as well as those which have had considerable influence by Dundulanyä itself - with a pure duodecimal numeral system.
 
Numbers (sg. ''dhujāvam'', pl. ''dhujāvāmi'') have six different forms: cardinal, ordinal, collective, distributive, adverbial/multiplicative, and fractionary. The numbers from 1 to 4 have separate adverbial multiplicative forms, while all other ones have an invariable form used both as adverbial and "adjectival" multiplicatives. Cardinals from 1 to Ɛ and their compounds decline for case (see below); collectives, multiplicatives, and fractionaries always decline, while ordinals are only declined if used as substantives, i.e. without an accompanying noun. Distributives do not decline.
 
All numeral roots in general usage are native, with the exception of zero, which is a learned borrowing from Lannä ''b̃atha'' "nothing".
 
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
! Digit<sub>12</sub> !! <small>Base 10</small> !! Cardinal !! Ordinal !! Collective !! Distributive !! Adv./Multiplicative !! Fractionary
! Digit<sub>12</sub> !! <small>Base 10</small> !! Cardinal !! Ordinal !! Collective !! Distributive !! Adv./Multiplicative !! Fractionary
|-
|-
! 0
! 0
| 0 || '''''' || || rowspan=2 | — || || || —
| 0 || '''b̃atha''' || <small>''(b̃athesi)''</small> || rowspan=2 | — || <small>''(b̃athakoma)''</small> || <small>''(b̃āb̃atha)''</small> || —
|-
|-
! 1
! 1
| 1 || '''emibe'''<br/>''emi'' || rählälu || || ||
| 1 || '''emibe'''<br/>''emi'' || lumpyä || emibukoma || b̃āɂemibe <small>''(adv.)''</small><br/>emibūśila || lumpyäyāṭ
|-
|-
! 2
! 2
| 2 || '''irau'''|| hälinaike || || || ||
| 2 || '''rirä'''|| hälinaika || rirätām || riräkoma || b̃ārirä <small>''(adv.)''</small><br/>riräśila || hälinaikyāṭ
|-
|-
! 3
! 3
| 3 || '''ḍola''' || ḍolesi || || || ||
| 3 || '''kiṅka''' || kiṅkesi || kiṅkatām || kiṅkakoma || b̃ākiṅka <small>''(adv.)''</small><br/>kiṅkośila || kiṅkesyāṭ
|-
|-
! 4
! 4
| 4 || '''nälte''' || nältaisi || || || ||
| 4 || '''nälte''' || nältaisi || nältitām || nältakoma || b̃ānälte <small>''(adv.)''</small><br/>nältauśila || nältaisyāṭ
|-
|-
! 5
! 5
| 5 || '''śulka''' || śulkesi || || || ||
| 5 || '''śulka''' || śulkesi || śulkatām || śulkakoma || śulkośila || śulkesyāṭ
|-
|-
! 6
! 6
| 6 || '''ūṃse''' || ūṃsaisi || || || ||
| 6 || '''tuɂla''' || tuɂlesi || tuɂṛtām || tuɂṛkoma || tuɂlośila || tuɂlesyāṭ
|-
|-
! 7
! 7
| 7 || '''chīka''' || chīcesi || || || ||
| 7 || '''chīka''' || chīcesi || chīcätām || chīkkoma || chīkośila || chīcesyāṭ
|-
|-
! 8
! 8
| 8 || '''mbula''' || mbulesi || || || ||
| 8 || '''mbula''' || mbulesi || mbultām || mbulkoma || mbulośila || mbulesyāṭ
|-
|-
! 9
! 9
| 9 || '''kuñje''' || kuñjaisi || || || ||
| 9 || '''ḍor̃a''' || ḍor̃esi || ḍor̃atām || ḍor̃akoma || ḍor̃ośila || ḍor̃esyāṭ
|-
|-
! ᘔ
! ᘔ
| 10 || '''tālda''' || tāldesi || || || ||
| 10 || '''tālda''' || tāldesi || tāldatām || tāldakoma || tāldośila || tāldesyāṭ
|-
|-
! Ɛ
! Ɛ
| 11 || '''ṣūḍen''' || ṣūṇḍisi || || || ||
| 11 || '''ṣūḍan''' || ṣūṇḍisi || ṣūṇḍām || ṣūṇḍakoma || ṣūṇḍuśila || ṣūṇḍisyāṭ
|-
|-
! 10
! 10
| 12 || '''mūmai''' || mūmaisi || || || ||
| 12 || '''mūmai''' || mūmaisi || mūmetām || mūmekoma || mūmāyuśila || mūmaisyāṭ
<!-- |-
|-
! 11  
! 11  
| 13 || '''emibumaye''' || emibumayinde || emibumaintām || emibumaihaicē || emibumairvīm || emibumayindvāṭ
| 13 || '''emibumūmä''' || emibumūmäsi || emibumūmätām || emibumūmäkoma || emibumūmäśila || emibumūmäsyāṭ
|-
|-
! 12
! 12
| 14 || '''danimaye''' || danimayinde || danimaintām || danimaihaicē || danimairvim || danimayindvāṭ
| 14 || '''rirämūmä''' || rirämūmäsi || rirämūmätām || rirämūmäkoma || rirämūmäśila || rirämūmäsyāṭ
|-
|-
! 13
! 13
| 15 || '''pamihælī''' || pamihælīnde || pamihælītām || pamihælīhaicē || pamihælīrvīm || pamihælīndvāṭ
| 15 || '''kiṅkhälī''' || kiṅkhälīsi || kiṅkhälītām || kiṅkhälīkoma || kiṅkhälīvśila || kiṅkhälīsyāṭ
|-
|-
! 14  
! 14  
| 16 || '''māminęlte'''|| māminęltende || māminęltitām || māminęltehaicē || māminęltarvīm || māmiynęltendvāṭ
| 16 || '''mūmainälte'''|| mūmainältaisi || mūmainältitām || mūmainältakoma || mūmainältauśila || mūmainältaisyāṭ
|-
|-
! 15
! 15
| 17 || '''māmišulka''' || māmišulkende || māmišulkatām || māmišulkhaicē || māmišulkarvīm || māmišulkendvāṭ
| 17 || '''mūmaiśulka''' || mūmaiśulkesi || mūmaiśulkatām || mūmaiśulkakoma || mūmaiśulkośila || mūmaiśulkesyāṭ
|-
|-
! 16
! 16
| 18 || '''māmivælka''' || māmivælkende || māmivælkatām || māmivælkihaicē || māmivælkarvīm || māmivælkendvāṭ
| 18 || '''mūmaituɂla''' || mūmaituɂlesi || mūmaituɂṛtām || mūmaituɂṛkoma || mūmaituɂlośila || mūmaituɂlesyāṭ
|-
|-
! 17
! 17
| 19 || '''māmichīka''' || māmichīcænde || māmichīcætām || māmichīcihaicē || māmichīkarvīm || māmichīcændvāṭ
| 19 || '''mūmaichīka''' || mūmaichīcesi || mūmaichīcätām || mūmaichīkkoma || mūmaichīkośila || mūmaichīcesyāṭ
|-
|-
! 18
! 18
| 20 || '''māmimbula''' || māmimbulende || māmimbulyatām || māmimbulhaicē || māmimbularvīm || māmimbulendvāṭ
| 20 || '''mūmaimbula''' || mūmaimbulesi || mūmaimbultām || mūmaimbulkoma || mūmaimbulośila || mūmaimbulesyāṭ
|-
|-
! 19
! 19
| 21 || '''māmimoja''' || māmimojende || māmimojatām || māmimojihaicē || māmimojarvīm || māmimojendvāṭ
| 21 || '''mūmaiḍor̃a''' || mūmaiḍor̃esi || mūmaiḍor̃atām || mūmaiḍor̃akoma || mūmaiḍor̃ośila || mūmaiḍor̃esyāṭ
|-
|-
! 1ᘔ
! 1ᘔ
| 22 || '''māmitålda''' || māmitåldende || māmitåldatām || māmitåldihaicē || māmitåldarvīm || māmitåldendvāṭ
| 22 || '''mūmaitālda''' || mūmaitāldesi || mūmaitāldatām || mūmaitāldakoma || mūmaitāldośila || mūmaitāldesyāṭ
|-
|-
! 1Ɛ
! 1Ɛ
| 23 || '''māmivælden''' || māmivældinde || māmivælditām || māmivældihaicē || māmivældirvīm || māmivældindvāṭ
| 23 || '''mūmaiṣūḍan''' || mūmaiṣūṇḍisi || mūmaiṣūṇḍām || mūmaiṣūṇḍakoma || mūmaiṣūṇḍuśila || mūmaiṣūṇḍisyāṭ
|-
|-
! 20
! 20
| 24 || '''hælmāmei''' || hælmāminde || hælmāmintām || hælmāmeihaicē || hælmāmairvīm || hælmāmindvāṭ -->
| 24 || '''hälimūmai''' || hälimūmaisi || hälimūmetām || hälimūmekoma || hälimūmāyuśila || hälimūmaisyāṭ
|}
As for the two forms for the numeral "one", ''emi'' is used in disjunctive counting (count-ins or countdowns), while ''emibe'' is used elsewhere. Compounds always have the full form, i.e. forms such as *hälimūmāyemi do not exist, only ''hälimūmāyemibe''.<br/>Some compound words, especially technical and scientific ones, use Lannä morphemes for the quantities from 1 to ᘔ (though from 5 onwards they're rarer): ''khyu-''&nbsp;1, ''nap̃a-''&nbsp;2, ''dläku-''&nbsp;3, ''käht-''&nbsp;4, ''jändä-''&nbsp;5, ''m̃uk-''&nbsp;6, ''häṣeth-''&nbsp;7, ''ṣäṣän-''&nbsp;8, ''thävaku-''&nbsp;9, ''yaitlu-''&nbsp;ᘔ.
 
Numbers from 20<sub>12</sub> above are simply made by compounding teens and units with the appropriate saṃdhi changes, like 21<sub>12</sub> <small>(25<sub>10</sub>)</small> ''hälimūmāyemibe'', and then ''hälimūmairirä'', ''hälimūmaikiṅka'', and so on.<br/>
The other dozens are:
: '''30''' <small>(36<sub>10</sub>)</small> kiṅkamūmai
: '''40''' <small>(48<sub>10</sub>)</small> nältamūmai
: '''50''' <small>(60<sub>10</sub>)</small> śulkmūmai
: '''60''' <small>(72<sub>10</sub>)</small> tuɂṛmūmai
: '''70''' <small>(84<sub>10</sub>)</small> chīcämūmai
: '''80''' <small>(96<sub>10</sub>)</small> mbulmūmai
: '''90''' <small>(108<sub>10</sub>)</small> ḍor̃mūmai
: '''ᘔ0''' <small>(120<sub>10</sub>)</small> tāldamūmai
: '''Ɛ0''' <small>(132<sub>10</sub>)</small> ṣūṇḍmūmai
: and '''100''' <small>(144<sub>10</sub>)</small> trāṣoḍa.
13<sub>12</sub> originally meant "one finger/three in the second [dozen]", where the ''-hälī'' part is a worn form of ''hälinaika''.
 
Numbers from 100<sub>12</sub> to ƐƐƐ<sub>12</sub> are still compounds, e.g. ''trāṣoḍaimibe'', ''trāṣoḍarirä'', and so on.<br/>The other dozenal hundreds are:
: '''200''' <small>(288<sub>10</sub>)</small> rirätrāṣoḍa
: '''300''' <small>(432<sub>10</sub>)</small> kiṅkatrāṣoḍa
: '''400''' <small>(576<sub>10</sub>)</small> nältitrāṣoḍa
: '''500''' <small>(720<sub>10</sub>)</small> śulkatrāṣoḍa
: '''600''' <small>(864<sub>10</sub>)</small> tuɂlatrāṣoḍa
: '''700''' <small>(1008<sub>10</sub>)</small> chīcätrāṣoḍa
: '''800''' <small>(1152<sub>10</sub>)</small> mbultrāṣoḍa
: '''900''' <small>(1296<sub>10</sub>)</small> ḍor̃atrāṣoḍa
: '''ᘔ00''' <small>(1440<sub>10</sub>)</small> tāldatrāṣoḍa
: '''Ɛ00''' <small>(1584<sub>10</sub>)</small> ṣūḍantrāṣoḍa.
'''1.000''' <small>(1728<sub>10</sub>)</small> is ''śāyāja'' and numbers above are separate words, without saṃdhi, e.g. '''1.001''' ''śāyāja emibe'', '''6.2ᘔ9''' <small>(10785<sub>10</sub>)</small> ''tuɂla śāyāja rirätrāṣoḍatāldamūmaiḍor̃a''.<br/>
Note that 2.000<sub>12</sub> may be either one of ''śāyājeve'', ''rirä śāyāja'' - the most common one -, or (only emphatically) ''rirä śāyājeve''.
 
The other divisions - numbers over ƐƐ.ƐƐƐ<sub>12</sub> are based on groups of two digits: the two most commonly used ones in common speech are '''1.00.000''' <small>(248.832<sub>10</sub>)</small> - a ''raice'' - and '''1.00.00.000''' <small>(35.831.808<sub>10</sub>)</small> - a ''lallaraice''.
 
The next two groups have their separate words, but are quantities rarely used in common speech: '''1.00.00.00.000''' (12<sup>9</sup>) <small>(5.159.780.352<sub>10</sub>)</small> is a ''tūśvāna'' and '''1.00.00.00.00.000''' (12<sup>11</sup>) <small>(743.008.370.688<sub>10</sub>)</small> a ''lallatūśvāna''. <!-- The words ''khorādi'' (12<sup>7</sup>, i.e. synonym of lallaraice), ''yaṣmūn'' (12<sup>11</sup>, i.e. lallatūśvāna), ''iriakas'' (12<sup>13</sup>), ''mairāṇa'' or ''lalleriakas'' (12<sup>15</sup>), ''nirāvah'' (12<sup>17</sup>), and ''sṝva'' or ''lallanirāvah'' (12<sup>19</sup>) were introduced in Classical-era texts, but are almost never used today. However, they form the base for the scientific measurement system's prefixes. -->
 
===Particles (''riṇūmyobai'')===
Traditional Dundulanyä grammar only recognizes a single part of speech called "particles" (''riṇūmyoba'', pl. ''riṇūmyobai'', literally "helper(s)") which includes conjunctions, postpositions, and interjections.
<!--However, these three are recognized as subsets of particles - here translated as "conjunctive particles" (natemālāhai remīn), "accompanying particles", i.e. postpositions (ūtimāhai remīn), and "exclamatory particles" (pigdilanah nali remīn).
 
Many Dundulanyä particles are grammaticalized usages of other words, some of them no longer being used in their original meaning in contemporary use (e.g. varve).-->
 
====Nominal clitics====
The following particles are clitics added to the end of nouns; they are all conjunctive particles that do not require any particular case of a noun. They are exclusively used with nouns, pronouns or numerals, not verbs.<br/>Most such clitic particles are added to all nouns they refer to.
* '''-cu ... -cu''' — and (in incomplete listings - cf. ''-t''), e.g. ''nilāḍa'''cu''' śusopa'''cu''''' "East and West [and the other cardinal points]"; ''yuṅga'''ccu''' śiloma'''ccu''' cyavūh'' "I want a guava, a papaya[, and...]".
* '''-in ... -in''' — exclusive or; either ... or. Note that it undergoes irregular saṃdhi, combining with a preceding ''-a'' to the highest grade; e.g. ''yuṅg'''ain''' śilom'''ain''''' "either the guava or the papaya".
* '''-ka ... -ka''' — inclusive or; e.g. ''yuṅga'''ka''' śiloma'''ka''''' "the guava or the papaya [or something else]".
* '''-t ... -t''' — and (in complete listings - cf. ''-cu''), e.g. ''vyāna'''t''' māhana'''t''''' "left and right"; ''amamū'''t''' mamūtra'''t''' niyāni'''t''''' "mom, aunt, and grandma"; ''yuṅgat'''at''' śilomat'''at''' cyavūh'' "I want [only] a guava and a papaya".
 
====Verbal clitics====
The following particles are clitics that, unlike the former, are added to the end of verbs, in their last slot. Verbal clitics can also be combined, sometimes forming contractions.<br/>Aside for their usual clitic form, each of these has an emphatic standalone form that is inserted in the Wackernagel position.
 
* '''-ṅ''' ('''-no''' after consonants; emphatic '''nāṅ''') — and; added after the second verb, e.g. ''śilomat imūnī gilśat nundhūnī'''ṅ''''' "3SG ate a papaya and drank ''gilśa''<ref>A typical Dundulanyä drink similar to Mesoamerican ''tejate''.</ref>".
* '''-ec''' (emphatic: '''cai''') — then, implying consecutivity of two actions, e.g. ''śilomat imūnī gilśat nundhūnīy'''ec''''' "3SG ate a papaya, then drank ''gilśa''". Also combines with ''-no'' to form '''-nāc''' "and then".
* '''-ās''' (emphatic: '''sā''') — but, e.g. ''śilomat iyaṃsūnī up̃ap̃at imūnīy'''ās''''' "3SG wanted to eat a papaya, but ate an ''up̃ap̃a''".
<!--* '''-d''' (emphatic: '''dā''') — also, too, furthermore, e.g. -->
* '''-ś''' (emphatic: '''īśa''') — polar question marker, e.g. ''emeni khorū'''ś'''?'' "Is Emeni singing?/Does Emeni sing?"
 
====Non-clitic conjunctions====
* '''itta''' is a conjunctive particle, translatable as "and", "meanwhile" or "while": ''nādaśrūṣeya cända '''itta''' nādaśrūṣeɂe śyūda.'' "Your (sg.) bike is orange, while his/her bike is black."
:: When preceded by a negated statement, it means "but, instead": ''yuna idu emeni '''itta''' imāma.'' "I am not Emeni, [I am] Imāma"; ''lāltaṣveyak girgh va '''itta''' kiṣūrak'' "I didn't fly to Lāltaṣveya, [I flew to] Kiṣūra instead."
* '''kuka''' — and, amongst others; while similar to the clitic ''-cu'', it is more emphatic and generally only used together with plural nouns (or singularia tantum, see the second example), and comes after the last of the nouns it refers to. It can be more accurately rendered with periphrases such as "[things] like ..."; e.g. ''lalāruṇai fanēyai '''kuka''' ga irāḍai'' "Lalāruṇai and capybaras, amongst others, are animals"; ''nāra maɂiḍa '''kuka''' idu dambū itta mugba.'' "[Foodstuffs] like sorghum or rice are not fruits, but cereals."
 
====Postpositions====
* '''araṇa''' (+ bound form (accusative in formal usage)) is an ornative particle, originally a perfect form of the class 0 root ''raṇ-'' (to equip, to confer), e.g. ''dvārmev '''araṇa''' līve'' (formal: ''dvārmeyītha araṇa līve'') "two-room flat".
 
====Particles expressing time====
The following table shows the main particles used for expressions of time, which can have different meanings depending on the cases used:
 
'''N.B.''' that the "weekdays" used in the table (''emibe-laire'', ''rirä-laire'' etc.) simply mean "day 1", "day 2" etc. and are placeholders used as long as the Dundulanyä calendar is not detailed.
 
{| class="wikitable"
|-
! Particle !! Case/Mood !! Meaning !! Example
|-
! rowspan=5 | selakat !! <small>Ablative</small>
| ago || '''nältū naṃśālū selakat''' four years ago
|-
! <small>Bound form</small>
| for/since || '''nälte naṃśāla selakat''' for four years
|-
! <small>Bound forms and ''-t'' clitic</small>
| between; from ... until || '''emibe-lairat rirä-lairat selakat''' between Weekday1 and Weekday2
|-
! <small>Imperfective subjunctive</small>
| until (action underway) || '''drūvāt selakat''' until you'll do it, until you'll be doing it
|-
! <small>Perfective subjunctive</small>
| until (completed action) || '''adrūvāt selakat''' until you'll have done it
|-
! rowspan=4 | biśat !! <small>Ablative</small>
| in ... time<br/><small>(at the end of a certain period of time)</small><br/>by || '''nältū naṃśālū biśat''' in four years, four years from now<br/>'''śulka-lairū biśat''' by Weekday5
|-
! <small>Bound form</small>
| in<br/><small>(within, during a certain period of time)</small> || '''nälte naṃśāla biśat''' for the coming four years, until four years from now
|-
! <small>Imperfective situational</small>
| as long as (action underway) || '''drāpūvi biśat''' as long as you are/will be doing it, throughout the whole time you are/will be doing it
|-
! <small>Perfective situational</small>
| as long as, before (completed action) || '''adrāpūvī biśat''' throughout the whole time until you did/will have done it
|-
! rowspan=3 | prāyo !! <small>Bound form</small>
| rowspan=3 | after || '''nälte naṃśāla prāyo''' after four years
|-
! <small>Imperfective subjunctive</small><sup>1</sup>
| '''drūvāt prāyo''' after you('ll have) started doing it
|-
! <small>Perfective subjunctive</small><sup>1</sup>
| '''adrūvāt prāyo''' after you did/will have done it
|-
! rowspan=3 | anuyo !! <small>Bound form</small>
| rowspan=3 | before || '''nälte naṃśāla anuyo''' four years before
|-
! <small>Imperfective subjunctive</small><sup>1</sup>
| '''drūvāt anuyo''' before you('ll have) started doing it
|-
! <small>Perfective subjunctive</small><sup>1</sup>
| '''adrūvāt anuyo''' before you did/will have done it
|}
|}
# '''prāyo''' and '''anuyo''' are particles; in colloquial, informal and neutral styles, the corresponding adverbs '''prāśā''' (after) and '''anuśā''' (before) can be used instead in the phrases with subjunctive verbs.
===Derivational morphology (''vāb̃lavona hufāmvailaḫlana'')===
====Noun-forming morphemes====
There are four morphemes that are used to form general derivatives from verbal roots: '''-a''', '''-vu''', '''-ib-e''' and '''-uḍu'''. The first two are generally unproductive nowadays (even though a terminal ''-a'' is often added to the end of loanwords, it is not considered to be this morpheme), while the latter two are still somewhat used in new coinings. All four morphemes are used with the zero-grade (''ślūtya'') root.
* ''lel-'' (to live) → ''lila'' (person; living thing)
* ''jo-'' (to hurry) → ''jūva'' (hurry) (with epenthetic ''-v-'' due to regular saṃdhi)
* ''tvorg-'' (to fear) → ''tūrgibe'' (fear)
* ''mord-'' (to promise) → ''murdibe'' (promise)
* ''ḫamf-'' (to express oneself) → ''ḫamfa'' (language)
* ''nyäɂ-'' (to laugh) → ''nyäɂvu'' (laugh) (also ''nyäɂa'')
* ''dhā-'' (to let, permit) → ''dhauḍu'' (permission)
* ''ṣrop-'' (to honor, celebrate) → ''ṣropuḍu'' (praise)
* ''tamb-'' (to kiss) → ''tambuḍu'' (kiss)
* ''lav-'' (to go, walk) → ''lavibe'' (walk)
'''-(i)ḫ-e''' (first ablauting declension) sometimes marks a result of the action denoted by a verb root, but commonly has unpredictable meanings (even agents, particularly body parts).
* ''lel-'' (to live) → ''lelḫe'' (life)
* ''rañj-'' (to name, identify, mark) → ''rañjiḫe'' (name; noun)
* ''tuḫ-'' (to beat) → ''tuḫḫe'' (heart)
* ''yam-'' (to eat) → ''yamiḫe'' (meal)
'''-ta''' has a similar meaning (or unpredictablity) as ''-(i)ḫ-e'', but often implies a sense of collectiveness, or an abstract state. Used with the middle-grade (''būcūya'') root.
* ''ṣar-'' (to rule, govern) → ''ṣarta'' (government, rule; ''in compounds:'' -cracy)
* ''śod-'' (to know, understand) → ''śodda'' (knowledge; ''in compounds:'' -logy)
* ''ni-sākh-'' (to create, produce) → ''nisāktha'' (production, artifact; the works of an artist)
'''-uṣ-a''' (second ablauting declension) forms meaning related to qualities, but sometimes also something used for a determinate action.
* ''bhaṭ-'' (to expand, swell, bloat) → ''bhaṭuṣa'' (expansion, swelling)
* ''kṛs-'' (to wait) → ''kṛsuṣa'' (wait)
* ''meś-'' (to see) → ''meśuṣa'' (visibility)
'''-na''' ('''-ra''' after ''t'' or ''d''; '''-iyāna''' after ''Cy''; '''-uvāna''' after ''Cv''; '''-ṝna''' with a preceding ''ṛ''), with a middle-grade root, is the most common suffix denoting qualities.
* ''meś-'' (to see) → ''meśña'' (sight)
* ''ne-'' (to say, tell, speak) → ''nena'' (voice)
* ''śoc-'' (to clean) → ''śocña'' (cleanliness)
* ''dhomy-'' (to hope) → ''dhomiyāna'' (hope)
* ''prā-nart-'' (to imagine, foresee) → ''prānartra'' (imagination; clairvoyance)
'''-ūmma''', with middle grade ablaut, is a rarer suffix with a meaning overlapping to ''-uṣ-a''.
* ''pūn-'' (to work) → ''pūnūmma'' (work [a relationship between employer and employee])
* ''bhe-'' (to cure, care for) → ''bhayūmma'' (caring)
* ''dar-'' (to do) → ''darūmma'' (action; verb)
* ''rav-'' (to open) → ''ravūmma'' (width, breadth)
'''-anah''', with middle grade ablaut, denotes an act or process, or its tangible manifestation (see third example).
* ''śoc-'' (to clean) → ''śocanah'' (cleaning, the act of cleaning)
* ''gont-'' (to buy) → ''gontanah'' (shopping)
* ''meś-on-'' (to see + causative marker) → ''meśonnah'' (exhibition)
'''-āmita''', with higher grade ablaut (''udhyukṣṇise'') when used with verb roots, also forms quality, states, but often with more abstract meanings - cf. English ''-hood'', ''-ship'', ''-ism'' - or denoting a state in scientific terms. Unlike most previous suffixes, it is most commonly (but not exclusively) used to derive nouns from other nouns, instead of verb roots or stems.
* ''ñältah'' (sister; (male's) sister; sibling) → ''ñältāmita'' "siblinghood; sisterhood, brotherhood"
* ''lilāḍu'' (friend) → ''lilāḍvāmita'' (friendship) (bookish variant ''lilāḍūmita'')
* ''lel-'' (to live) → ''lailāmita'' (the state of being alive)
* ''girḍ-'' (to be wet) → ''gīrḍāmita'' (humidity)
'''-āvam''' (m-stem non-ablauting), with zero grade ablaut, has various generic and sometimes unpredictable meanings, though typically instrumental.
* ''dhoj-'' (to keep together; assign, allocate) → ''dhujāvam'' (number, numeral)
* ''khor-'' (to sing) → ''khurāvam'' (choir)
* ''śod-'' (to know, understand) → ''śudāvam'' (explanation)
'''-ūlt-e''', or '''-lt-e''' with lengthening of a stem-final vowel (more rarely simply '''-lt-e'''), with middle grade ablaut, forms nouns that generally denote tools, something used in doing an action; containers; more rarely places - cf. Latin ''-brum''.
* ''nādah'' (leg) → ''nādālte'' (knee-length sock)
* ''tuḫ-'' (to beat) → ''tuḫūlte'' (drum)
* ''śoc-'' (to clean) → ''śocūlte'' (detergent; cleaning product)
* ''hamvy-'' (to cradle) → ''hamvyūlte'' (cradle)
* ''näly-'' (to think) (class V) → ''nälilte'' (brain)
'''-ṅ-ka''' (second ablauting declension) also denotes tools, or instruments that do a particular action - not always synonymous with the preceding one.
* ''haf-'' (to insert) → ''hāṅka'' (socket)
* ''ni-de-'' (to stand on, to stand over) → ''nideṅka'' (roof)
* ''ni-ko-'' (to sit on) → ''nikoṅka'' (chair)
'''-ura''' (but ''-y-ura'' → '''-ira'''), attached to a verb's perfect stem, denotes something that has undergone a certain action (i.e. the equivalent of a past participle).
* ''pad-miś-'' (to see beyond, to see further) → ''padimiśura'' (view, overlook)
* ''cor-'' (to save, keep for the future) → ''ucururai'' (savings) (pl. tantum)
* ''lūkr-'' (to fold) → ''ulūkrura'' (wardrobe [the elements composing it, and colloquially, by extension, the piece of furniture])
'''-s-e''', with a zero grade root, is a synonym of '''-ura''', but generally used in a compound where the first element denotes the agent, or with a verb prefix.<br/>Note that ablauting roots ending in ''-ar-'', no matter the class, lengthen the vowel to ''-ār-'' and do not add the ''-s-''.
* ''nādah'' (leg) + ''śro-'' (to propel, launch) → ''nādaśrūṣe'' (bicycle, bike)
* ''pūnan'' (worker) + ''ṣar-'' (to rule) → ''pūnaṃṣāre'' (worker cooperative)
* ''pad-'' (forth, beyond) + ''gṇyau-'' (to give birth; to be born) → ''padagṇyausi'' (sons and daughters) (pl. tantum)
* ''udhi-'' (within) + ''ukṣṇy-'' (to grow) → ''udhyukṣṇise'' (higher grade ablaut, ''vṛddhi'')
'''-ḫana''', with zero grade ablaut, forms nouns meaning "that ought to be X-ed", i.e. a future passive participle.
* ''uc-'' (to believe) → ''vacchana'' (miracle)
* ''meś-'' (to see) → ''miśaḫana'' (video)
* ''śod-'' (to know, understand) → ''śuddhana'' (rule)
'''-tya''' ('''-dya''' after voiced stops; ''-ś-tya'' → '''-cya''') is a singulative suffix, denoting either a single thing of a collective noun, or a single constituent of a broader act. In modern coinings, it is also used to denote a division of something.
* ''jo-'' (to hurry) → ''jūtya'' (run)
* ''meś-'' (to see) → ''micya'' (a look)
* ''tvorg-'' (to fear) → ''tūrgdya'' (fright, scare)
* ''ślo-'' (to be left) → ''ślūtya'' (remain, residue; zero grade ablaut)
* ''daśa'' (rain) → ''dacya'' (raindrop)
'''-aC(-e)''', where C is the last consonant of the root, is one of multiple suffixes forming (mostly human, but not exclusively) agent nouns:
* ''pūn-'' (to work) → ''pūnan'' (worker)
* ''meś-'' (to see) → ''miśaśe'' (guard, warden)
* ''brom-'' (to blow, wipe) → ''brūmam'' (wind; gale)
'''-ar''' (ṛ-stem non ablauting, with lemma form in '''-ah''') with middle grade ablaut and '''-i-''' infixed before the last consonant forms agent (often occupational) nouns:
* ''helk-'' (to dye) → ''helikah'' (dyer)
* ''darś-'' (to dance) → ''dariśah'' (dancer)
* ''nart-'' (to dream) → ''naritah'' (dreamer)
'''-oba''' with zero grade ablaut and '''-nū-''' before the last consonant sequence of the root also forms agent nouns. It is never used with class I, VI, VII and VIII roots.
* ''bog-'' (to steal) → ''bunūgoba'' (thief)
* ''deh-'' (to use) → ''dinūhoba'' (user)
* ''remy-'' (to help) → ''riṇūmyoba'' (helper)
'''-īya''', with zero grade ablaut, forms mostly non-human agent nouns. It is no longer productive.<br/>In some older coinings, it surfaces simply as '''-ya'''.
* ''śan-'' (to breathe) → ''śñīya'' (nose)
* ''śmer-'' (to bake, roast) → ''śmirīya'' (oven)
* ''yon-'' (to create, beget) → ''yunya'' (nature; creator spirit; goddess)
* ''gläp-'' (to lick, lap) → ''glipya'' (tongue; blade; oar)
'''-eṣa''' forms collective nouns.
* ''lila'' (person) → ''lileṣa'' (people)
* ''ñältah'' (sister; (male's) sister; sibling) → ''ñältaɂeṣa'' "siblings; brothers and sisters"
* ''laire'' (sky; air) → ''laireṣa'' (galaxy)
'''-apa''', with zero grade ablaut, forms nouns referring to places and locations:
* ''ij-'' (to teach) → ''yajapa'' (school)
* ''dhroṣ-'' (to plow) → ''dhruṣapa'' (farm)
* ''śusva'' (evening) → ''śusopa'' (west)
* ''rirä'' (two) + ''maila'' (water) / ''vāla'' (sea) → ''rirämailapa/rirävālapa'' (peninsula, spit; isthmus)
'''-īd-e''' ('''-d-e''' after a vowel or a sonorant, except in class I roots), with zero grade ablaut and zero grade reduplication, is another derivation forming place nouns.
* ''pūn-'' (to work) → ''pupūnde'' (workplace)
* ''ṣar-'' (to rule, govern) → ''ṣaṣrīde'' (headquarters; department; <small>(hist.)</small> seat of power; throne; capital city; sometimes used as a toponym)
* ''kṛs-'' (to wait) → ''kakrasīde'' (waiting room)
'''-ādhu''' means "having X".
* ''maiha'' (daughter) → ''maihādhūve'' (parents) (dual/plural only)
* ''b̃īla'' (terrain, soil) → ''b̃īlādhu'' (field)
'''-(m)ūya''' denotes something which has X as a distinctive trait; for some words, especially denominal formations, it can mean "made of X".
* ''girḍ-'' (to be wet) → ''girḍūya'' (tongue)
* ''jo-'' (to hurry) → ''jūmūya'' (deadline)
* ''būc-'' (to be flat) → ''būcūya'' (middle grade ablaut, ''guṇa'')
* ''tāmira'' (rock, stone) → ''tāmirūya'' (stone tool)
'''-ic-e''' (1st ablauting declension) forms nouns, generally from verbal roots, with the meaning of "result, remain, product or byproduct of an action":
* ''gird-'' (to be wet) → ''girḍice'' (the mark left by something wet)
* ''meś-'' (to see) → ''meśice'' (<small>liter., bookish:</small> knowledge)
* ''goṃs-'' (to cut) → ''goṃsice'' (piece, part)
'''-äśah''' ('''-ɂäśah''' when added to ''-ah'' nouns) denotes a tree or a plant having a certain fruit<ref>As for all living things, being Eventoa a different planet, the given translation is the one of the closest equivalent on Earth.</ref>.
* ''māra'' (mango) → ''māräśah'' (mango tree)
* ''dīlla'' (peas) → ''dīlläśah'' (pea plant)
* ''haisah'' (pineapple) → ''haisɂäśah'' (pineapple tree)
'''-īrä''' is a fossilized suffix used to form temporal units.
* ''sve-dar-'' (to complete) → ''svedrīrä'' (deadline)
'''-ida''', with higher grade ablaut, is an older diminutive suffix, often now lexicalized and rarely used productively.
* ''īs-ko-'' (to sit hanging) → ''īskāvida'' (swing)
* ''b̃oṭa'' (finger) → ''b̃oṭida'' (little finger, pinky)
'''-ulu''' with higher grade vowel is a suffix that forms demonyms (cf. vṛddhi derivation). In some cases, there are more variants of a same word depending on the strengthened vowel, and the one that is preferred depends on usage (usually the last one, with the exception of ''lausaṃrītulu'').
* ''Lusaṃrīte'' → ''lausaṃrītulu'' (preferred) or ''lusaṃraitulu''
* ''Jūhma'' → ''jauhmulu''
* ''Mūmäfumbe'' → ''mūmäfaumbulu''
* ''Lāltaṣveya'' → ''lāltaṣvājñulu'' (with regular saṃdhi from the underlying form *lāltaṣvaiyulu)
In older stages of the language, vṛddhi derivations were also formed with the suffix '''-a'''; this remains as a fossilized suffix in certain words, cf. given names in ''-faula'' from ''fulah'' "hearth", or the majority of the names of the months of the Dundulanyä calendar, vṛddhi derivations from constellation names (e.g. ''gurūṣikhe'' → ''gurūṣaikha''; ''m̃ālasiṣama'' → ''m̃ālasaiṣama'').
'''-(y)ek-e''', fronting velars to palatals if possible, (or '''-ik-e''' after palatals themselves), '''-īcen-e''', also palatalizing velars, and '''-iccha''' are productive diminutive suffixes. Of the three, ''-īcen-e'' often implies endearment, coziness, especially when contrasted to the other two or explicitely used after the same noun modified with one of the other two suffixes.
* ''saṃhāram'' (boy) → ''saṃhārmyeke'' (little boy)
* ''ābābi'' (town square) → ''ābābīceni'' (a nice and cozy little town square) (pl. tantum as the unmodified noun)
* ''cūlla'' (car) → ''cūlliccha'' (toy car)
* ''lilāḍu'' (friend) → ''lilāḍīcene'' (little friend - often used by parents referring to kids' friends)
* ''yalka'' (beach) → ''yalcīcene'' (small, often secluded beach)
==Syntax==
===Word order===
The Dundulanyä word order is usually described as topic-comment; the topic (''tatsampra'' or ''caṃhūmuṭa''), whether explicit or "unmarked" (as per native terminology) is always the first element of a sentence and everything else - the comment or ''padnīse'' - comes afterwards. The most commonly used terminology in native sources distinguishes two different kinds of topics as ''iḍiṭa tatsampra'' vs. ''idviḍiṭa tatsampra'' (the latter also ''tadgarḫē iḍiṭa tatsampra'' or ''darūmmē iḍiṭa tatsampra''), translated here as "explicit topic" and "unmarked topic" (or "voice-marked topic" or "verb-marked topic") respectively. Explicit topic (''iḍiṭa tatsampra'') is understood as a topic marked by the particle ''ba''.
The comment's structure could be described as OSV, but the definition of subject and object does not apply fully to Dundulanyä. '''S''' is whatever agrees with the verb, i.e. the triggered argument, called ''hūmmikṣe'' in Dundulanyä. '''O''', in this broad scheme, stands for any other argument ("object" and oblique ones). Anyway, OSV is a rough but good approximation for that as (see the third, fourth and fifth example sentences below) the closest argument to the verb is the agent when non-triggered in a sentence with unmarked topic, or the direct argument in a sentence with explicit topic. The verb complex always comes in last position in a sentence, except for some particles.
{{Gloss
| phrase = śiloma epenē yama.
| morphemes = śiloma epen-ē yam-∅-∅-a
| gloss = papaya.<small>DIR.SG</small>. child-<small>ERG.SG</small>. eat-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>.
| translation = The papaya is being eaten by a child.
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = epena śilomat yamū.
| morphemes = epena śiloma-t yam-∅-ū-(a)
| gloss = child.<small>DIR.SG</small>. papaya-<small>ACC.SG</small>. eat-<small>EXP-AG-PRES.3SG.IND</small>.
| translation = The child is eating a papaya.
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = udra śilomat epenē yamīsa.
| morphemes = udra śiloma-t epen-ē yam-∅-īs-a
| gloss = treetrunk.<small>DIR.SG</small>. papaya-<small>ACC.SG</small>. child-<small>ERG.SG</small>. eat-<small>EXP-LOC-PRES.3SG.IND</small>.
| translation = A child is eating a papaya [sitting] on the treetrunk. ''<small>(or: *the treetrunk is being eaten a papaya on by a child.)</small>'
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = ṭuṇṭiccha śilomat epenē yammi.
| morphemes = ṭuṇṭiccha śiloma-t epen-ē yam-∅-mi-(a)
| gloss = pair_of_chopsticks.<small>DIR.SG</small>. papaya-<small>ACC.SG</small>. child-<small>ERG.SG</small>. eat-<small>EXP-CIRC-PRES.3SG.IND</small>.
| translation = A child is eating [pieces of] papaya with chopsticks. ''<small>(or: *the chopsticks are being eaten [pieces of] papaya with by a child.)</small>'
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = ñältahbu ba ṣṭhīṭaṅ lunaichir̃ā lilāḍu tadyemigī va.
| morphemes = ñältaɂ-bu ba ṣṭhīṭaṅ lunaichir̃-ā lilāḍu ta-di-emi-g-∅-ī=va
| gloss = male's_sister.<small>DIR.SG-POSS.1SG</small>. <small>TOPIC</small>. yesterday. tea_house-<small>LOC.SG</small>. friend.<small>DIR.SG</small>. <small>PLACE</small>-stand.<small>HUMAN-REP1-IRR-PAT-PAST.3SG=NEG</small>.
| translation = [I was told that] My sister didn't meet her friend at the tea house yesterday.
}}
Non-verb-final word orders are possible, but are practically only ever used in poetry in order to fit into particular metres.
====Complement order====
The typical organization of the sentence is, therefore:
{| class="wikitable"
|+ Sentence with explicit topic
|-
| Explicit topic || Temporal complement || (Anti)benefactives || Compl. of manner;<br/>essive case || Locative complements || Semantic patient || Semantic agent || Direct argument || Verb || Sentence-final particles
|}
{| class="wikitable"
|+ Sentence with unmarked topic
|-
| Unmarked topic || Temporal complement || (Anti)benefactives || Compl. of manner;<br/>essive case || Locative complements || Semantic patient || Semantic agent || Verb || Sentence-final particles
|}
Note that temporal complements may, in certain circumstances, act as if they were explicit topics, but not marked with ''ba''. In that case, the structure followed is, in fact, the same as for sentences with explicit topics, i.e. with the direct argument immediately preceding the verb.
{{Gloss
| phrase = buneya länta yuna ba lalla jūlafīrä maihādhūv räl himai kurūṣarthak udhiśūsililūva nindade nañjäthiṣyūva.
| morphemes = buneya länta yuna ba lalla jūlafīrä maihādhu-:v räl himai kurūṣartha-k udhiśūs<ı>lil-∅-ū-a nindad-e nad-jäth-iṣy-∅-ū-a
| gloss = female's_older_sister.<small>BOUND.SG</small>. together_with. <small>1SG.DIR</small>. <small>TOPIC</small>. next. "week".<small>LOC.SG</small>. parents-<small>BOUND.DU</small>. <small>BENEF</small>. canoe.<small>INSTR.SG</small>. Kurūṣartha-<small>DAT</small>. experience.<small>PERF-EXP-AG-3.IND</small>. guide-<small>DIR.SG.</small>. lead-float_on_water-<small>FUT-EXP-AG-3.IND</small>.
| translation = My older sister and I, next week, as for our parents' will, will be escorted by an experienced guide on our canoe trip to Kurūṣartha.
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = ṣṭhīṭaṅ śusvā lārvapak yuna lon.
| morphemes = ṣṭhīṭaṅ śusv-ā lārvapa-k yuna lav-∅-∅-n
| gloss = yesterday. evening-<small>LOC.SG</small>. temple-<small>DAT.SG</small>. <small>1SG.DIR</small>. walk-<small>EXP-LOC-PAST.3SG.IND</small>.
| translation = Yesterday [in the] evening I went/was walking to the temple on foot.
}}
Sentences can act as unmarked topics of other sentences, see e.g. the following rather more complex examples:
{{Gloss
| phrase = naviṣya ubukhāyē guntī; lūnūbhoba ga ṣurṭāgī lilarān.
| morphemes = naviṣya ubukhai-ē gunt-∅-∅-ī lūnūbhoba ga ṣurṭāg-ī lila-rān
| gloss = book.<small>DIR.SG</small>. Ubukhai-<small>ERG.SG</small>. buy-<small>EXP-PAT-PAST.3SG.IND</small>. writer.<small>DIR.SG</small>. <small>COP</small>. Skyrdagor-<small>BOUND.PL</small>. person.<small>DIR.SG-3PL.POSS</small>.
| translation = Ubukhai bought a book; the author is Skyrdagor.<ref>Example taken from [https://www.reddit.com/r/conlangs/comments/1bop7pa/2034th_just_used_5_minutes_of_your_day/ the translation activity "''2034th Just Used 5 Minutes of Your Day''"] started by u/mareck_ on the r/conlangs subreddit, Mar 27, 2024, adapted for the purpose of this page.</ref>
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = tainah haice nusmai sure ravikai gālavī, didya, bāhṛmū ajalsāgi mimendnābgī va tūva gaujulḍa kilahmullat yunat himena khurūvoba gālorap.
| morphemes = tainaɂ haic-e nusm-∅-∅-ai sure ro-∅-ik-ai gā-lav-∅-∅-ī didya bāhr0m-ū ajalsā-∅-g-∅-i mimendnā-∅-āp-g-∅-ī=va tūva gā-u-julḍ-∅-∅-a kilahmulla=t yuna=t himena khur-∅-ū-oba gā-lav-∅-∅-rap
| gloss = Tainah.<small>DIR.SG</small>. wordless_rhythmic_chant-<small>DIR.SG</small>. cease-<small>EXP-PAT-IMPF.3.SUBJ</small>. without. wash-<small>EXP-REFL-IMPF.3.SUBJ</small>. into-walk-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>. more. bāhram-<small>ABL.SG</small>. be.<small>FREQ-EXP-IRR-PAT-FREQ.3SG.IND</small>. hear.<small>POT-EXP-CIRC-IRR-PAT-PAST.3SG.IND</small>=not. Tūva.<small>DIR.SG</small>. into-<small>PERF_STEM_MARKER</small>-hum-<small>EXP-PAT-PERF.3.IND</small>. Kilahmulla.<small>DIR.SG</small>=and. <small>1SG.DIR</small>=and. therefore. sing-<small>EXP-AG-IMPF.1DU.SUBJ</small>. into-walk-<small>EXP-PAT-PAST.1DU.IND</small>.
| translation = Tainah went washing without stopping her haice<ref>A style of rhythmic wordless chant, used in religious chanting, Dundulanyä classical music, and even popular songs.</ref>, and even if the bāhram<ref>A plucked string instrument similar to a sitar, usually with seven played strings and 18 sympathetic ones.</ref> couldn't be heard anymore Tūva hummed into and got Kilahmulla and I singing too.
}}
====Epiphrasis====
Epiphrasis (''anumyūse'') is the main syntactic change to the main constituent order.
{{Gloss
| phrase = yuna lādragilā pūnah, gluḫambut.
| morphemes = yuna lādragy0l-ā pūn-∅-∅-h gluḫ0m-bu=t
| gloss = <small>1SG.DIR</small>. inn-<small>LOC.SG</small>. work-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>. female's_brother.<small>DIR.SG-POSS.1SG</small>=and.
| translation = I work at the inn, and so does my brother.
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = kiṅkū naviṣyū meśah, nyoṭa goldyūt.
| morphemes = kiṅk-ū naviṣy-ū meś-∅-∅-h ni-oṭ-∅-∅-a goldi-ū=t
| gloss = three-<small>ABL</small>. book-<small>ABL.SG</small>. see-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>. lie_on-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>. cat-<small>ABL.SG</small>=and.
| translation = I see the three books, as well as the cat lying on them.
}}
===Explicit and unmarked topic===
Explicit topic (''iḍiṭa tatsampra'') is typically used for marking an element that has a semantic but not syntactic role in the sentence. Many basic sentences make use of explicit topicalization, such as existentials, predicative possessions, or telling one's age:
{{Gloss
| phrase = yuna ba mūmaiḍor̃esi lo.
| morphemes = yuna ba mūmaiḍor̃-esi lo-∅-∅-∅
| gloss = <small>1SG.DIR</small>. <small>TOPIC</small>. 19<sub>12</sub>-<small>ORD.DIR</small>. go-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>.
| translation = I am in my 19<sub>12</sub>th year of age. <small>''(i.e. I am 20<sub>10</sub>.)''<ref>Dundulanyä age reckoning counts the number of the ongoing year, not how many years have passed - thus a newborn is in their first year, and a 20-years-old is in their twenty-first year.</ref></small>
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = yuna ba ñältēve tedīya.
| morphemes = yuna ba ñält-ēve ta<ı>dī-∅-∅-a
| gloss = <small>1SG.DIR</small>. <small>TOPIC</small>. sister-<small>DIR.DU</small>. <small>PLACE</small>.stand<small>.PERF-EXP-PAT-3.IND</small>.
| translation = I have two sisters.
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = yuna ba līvā śulka dvārma amyūva.
| morphemes = yuna ba līv-ā śulka dvārma a-myū-∅-∅-a
| gloss = <small>1SG.DIR</small>. <small>TOPIC</small>. apartment-<small>LOC.SG</small>. five.<small>DIR</small>. room.<small>DIR.SG</small>. <small>PERF</small>-lie.<small>MASSES-EXP-PAT-PERF.3.IND</small>.
| translation = In my apartment there are five rooms.
}}
===Verb phrase===
====Positional-classificatory verbs====
Positional and classificatory verbs are the most lexically complex part of Dundulanyä verbs, together with the rich system of positional prefixes which is a distinguishing feature of the language. Such roots are used to describe states of people, animals and objects, as well as the ways in which they are carried, brought or pulled.
Positional-classificatory verbs are categorized for two dimensions: the nature of the patient and the nature of the action. According to the nature of the patient, positional-classificatory verbs are distinguished by their reference to the following categories:
* Spherical objects, or otherwise with approximately the same width, length and height;
* Long objects (much greater in one dimension than in the others), generally stiff;
* Ropes or other long, non-stiff objects (e.g. palm leaves);
* People, children, pets and farm animals; dolls and plush toys in the shape of humans or animals;
* Masses or generic/uncategorized objects, as well as figurative meanings;
* Non-contained liquids;
* Contained liquids;
* Contained masses of (homogeneous) solids, e.g. seeds, flour;
* Contained masses of heterogeneous solids, or mixed bundles;
* Sheets, paper sheets, slabs, also rocks;
* Large objects that cannot be carried by humans, as well as wild animals.
According to the nature of the action, positional-classificatory verbs are:
* Stative-existential:
** Horizontal ("to be; to lie");
** Seated ("to be; to sit");
** Vertical ("to be; to stand");
* Verbs of placing:
** Horizontal ("to put, lay");
** Seated ("to put, seat");
** Vertical ("to put, place");
* Verbs of carrying:
** in the hands or arms;
** on the head;
** on the back;
** by vehicle;
* Verbs of pulling, dragging;
* Verbs of throwing.
For most patient natures, the stative-existential meaning is the perfect of the corresponding verb of placing; however, the "people, children, pets and farm animals" category uses the bare root as the stative-existential and the causative as the corresponding verb of placing. All patient nature categories except for "spherical objects" and "contained heterogenous masses" are differentiated in the horizontal stative-existential/placing category, although the horizontal root for the "large objects/wild animals" category is the same one used for vertical position for the "people, children, pets and farm animals" category. In all other action nature categories there is at least one root used for two or more patient nature classes, or at least one such class which lacks a root.
Not all intersections of patient nature and action nature have a corresponding verb; for example, there are no verbs of carrying for the "large objects that cannot be carried by humans/wild animals", nor have most categories verbs for seated and vertical positions. As an extreme example, the "non-contained liquids" category only has the horizontal stative-existential/placing verb and the verb of throwing (which can be simply translated as "to splash").
The verbs of putting, placing and throwing furthermore correspond to verbs of giving when used together with a dative termination, e.g. ''mārat tyūhya'' "I give/hand you the mango"; ''tūfītha śravūbasin'' "We throw you the balls"<ref>Note that, for sake of brevity, the translation used here omits that agent, patient and receiver are all dual: the more accurate translation would be "we two throw you two the two balls".</ref>. The ablative marker, meanwhile, forms verbs of taking from verbs of putting, and verbs of catching from verbs of throwing, e.g. ''snīghidat hāsyūvi'' "you take the sheet", ''mārat dūṇū gātyuyūh'' "I take the mango out of the box"; ''tūfat śrūyūh'' "I catch the ball".
Some positional-classificatory verbs have acquired further meanings, for example the reflexive of "to put down a non-contained liquid" (or, simply, "to pour") means "to rain", which can then also be specified with the cislocative prefix: cf. ''ijmaika'' (id-s-me-ik-a) "it's raining [here]", ''līlā idemaika'' (id-eme-ik-a) "it has rained in Līlah [we are/were in another city]", ''līlā ijemaika'' (id-s-eme-ik-a) "it has rained in Līlah [we are/were there]".
The following table indicates all positional-classificatory verb roots with the respective ablaut classes:
{| class="wikitable"
|+ Dundulanyä positional-classificatory verb roots
|-
! rowspan=2 | → Action nature<br/>↓ Patient nature !! colspan=3 | Stative-existential !! colspan=3 | Placing !! colspan=4 | Carrying !! rowspan=2 | Pulling, dragging !! rowspan=2 | Throwing
|-
! To be, lie !! To be, sit !! To be, stand !! To put, lay !! To put, seat !! To put, place<br/>(vertically) !! In the hands/arms !! On the head !! On the back !! By vehicle
|-
! Spherical/proportionate
| (utyuva) || rowspan=3 | - || - || ''√tyu-'' <small>(0)</small> || rowspan=3 | - || - || ''√yup-'' <small>(0)</small> || - || - || ''√klem-'' <small>(II)</small> || - || ''√śro-'' <small>(III)</small>
|-
! Long, stiff objects
| (akā) || (achāsa) || ''√kā-'' <small>(0)</small> || ''√chās-'' <small>(0)</small> || ''√dom-'' <small>(III)</small> || ''√lon-'' <small>(III)</small> || ''√yaṅk-'' <small>(I)</small> || ''√eñj-'' <small>(II)</small> || rowspan=2 | ''√khol-'' <small>(III)</small> || rowspan=2 | ''√kon-'' <small>(III)</small>
|-
! Ropes<br/>Long, non stiff objects
| (apṣma) || - || ''√pṣam-'' <small>(I)</small> || - || ''ta-√pṣam-'' <small>(I)</small> || rowspan=4 | - || - || -
|-
! People, children<br/>Pets and farm animals<br/>Dolls, plush toys
| ''-√oṭ-'' <small>(III)</small><br/>(-uɂuṭa) || ''-√ko-'' <small>(III)</small><br>(-akūva) || ''-√de-'' <small>(II)</small><br/>(-edīya) || ''-√oṭ-on-'' <small>(III)</small> || ''-√ko-on'' <small>(III)</small><br/>(-kavon-) || ''-√de-on-'' <small>(II)</small><br/>(-dayon-) || ''-√tol-'' <small>(III)</small> || ''√yaṅk-'' <small>(I)</small> || ''√eñj-'' <small>(II)</small> || rowspan=7 | - || ''√yug-'' (0)
|-
! Masses, generic/uncategorized<br/>Contained, heterogeneous masses<br/>Figurative
| (amyūva) || rowspan=6 | - || rowspan=6 | - || ''√myo-'' <small>(II)</small> || rowspan=6 | - || rowspan=6 | - || ''ta-√myo-'' <small>(II)</small> || rowspan=2 | - || ''√ilm-'' <small>(0)</small> || ''√kon-'' <small>(III)</small>
|-
! Non-contained liquids
| (emīya) || ''√me-'' <small>(II)</small> || - || - || ''√mañc-'' <small>(0)</small>
|-
! Contained liquids
| (uśuma) || ''√śom-'' <small>(III)</small> || rowspan=2 | ''√pse-'' <small>(II)</small> || rowspan=2 | ''√lon-'' <small>(III)</small> || rowspan=4 | ''√so-'' <small>(III)</small> || ''√klem-'' <small>(II)</small> || rowspan=2 | -
|-
! Contained masses of homogeneous solids
| (aiya) || ''√ī-'' <small>(0)</small> || ''√ilm-'' <small>(0)</small>
|-
! Contained masses of heterogeneous solids<br/>Mixed bundles
| (utyuva) || ''√tyu-'' <small>(0)</small> || ''√yup-'' <small>(0)</small> || rowspan=2 | ''√ilm-'' <small>(0)</small> || ''√klem-'' <small>(II)</small> || ''√śro-'' <small>(III)</small>
|-
! Sheets, paper sheets<br/>Slabs, rocks
| (ahāsa) || ''√hās-'' <small>(0)</small> || ''ta-√hās-'' <small>(0)</small> || ''√khol-'' <small>(III)</small> || ''√yug-'' <small>(0)</small>
|-
! Large objects that cannot be carried<br/>Wild animals
| (-edīya) || (utūṣa) || (achāsa) || ''-√de-'' <small>(II)</small> || ''√tvoṣ-'' <small>(III)</small> || ''√chās-'' <small>(0)</small> || - || - || - || ''√khol-'' <small>(III)</small> || ''√khol-'' <small>(III)</small> || -
|}
=====To wear, put on, take off=====
Dundulanyä does not have a single verb for "to wear", "to put on", or "to take off" when related to clothing: instead, there is a subset of positional-classificatory verbs dependent on the part of the body the piece of clothing is worn on.
Unlike other positional-classificatory verbs, most of these verbs are not root verbs, but are formed with otherwise no longer productive denominal derivations (''-ā-'' or a chroneme).
These verbs are completely regular and built in a logical way and are always used with a specific positional prefix (see, however, the "long sleeves" and "blanket" verbs, which have the same root but a different prefix).
{| class="wikitable"
|-
! Clothing type/body part !! To wear/to put on !! To take off !! Related root
|-
| Any clothing bandaged around the body, plus most things worn around the trunk<br/><small>(Most generic verb, but does not cover all other meanings)</small> || kamidrāh<br/>kamyadrām<br/>(kami-dr-ā-) || kamidrāyah<br/>(kami-dr-ā-y-) || ''udra'' "trunk"
|-
| Shoes, socks, anything else on the feet and/or ankles || kamijunāyāh<br/>kamyujunāyām<br/>(kami-junai-ā-) || kamijunēyah<br/>(kami-junai-ā-y-<ref>Irregular saṃdhi, a contraction of *kami-junāyāyah.</ref>) || ''junai'' "foot"
|-
| Head and neck <small>(hats, caps, tiaras, necklaces...)</small> || nibumbīh<br/>nyubumbīm<br/>(ni-bumbi-:-) || nibumbīyah<br/>(ni-bumbi-:-y-) || ''bumbi'' "head"
|-
| Hands, wrists <small>(gloves, bracelets...)</small> || kamihäɂlīh<br/>kamyahäɂlīm<br/>(kami-häɂli-:-) || kamihäɂlīyah<br/>(kami-häɂli-:-y-) || ''häɂli'' "hand"
|-
| Legs (except bandaged-around clothing that also covers the trunk)<br/>Trousers, pants || gānādɂāh<br/>gānādɂām<br/>(gā-nādɂ-ā-) || gānādɂāyah<br/>(gā-nādɂ-ā-y-) || ''nādah'' "leg"
|-
| Something with (long) sleeves || nisnīghah<br/>nīsnīgham<br/>(ni-snīgh-) || nisnīghyah<br/>(ni-snīgh-y-) || rowspan=2 | itself a root √''snīgh''- (0) "to cover"
|-
| Blankets (not worn) || snīghah (isnīgham)<br/>kamisnīghah (kamīsnīgham)<br/>(kami-snīgh-) || kamisnīghyah<br/>(kami-snīgh-y-)
|}
"To wear" and "to be wearing" may be expressed most commonly with the perfect form, but sometimes the patient-trigger forms are interpreted this way; the frequentative is always used with this meaning. "To put on" is commonly emphasized by using the agent trigger; as shown above, "to put off" is expressed by using the ablative motion marker ''-y-''.
====Telicity in perception verbs====
A subset of Dundulanyä verbs are known as "perception verbs" and, while generally grammatically regular, they deserve a specific subsection in an English-language grammar as, syntactically and semantically, they are inherently different from the corresponding English verbs.
In this subset of verbs, the semantic patient is the one who undergoes the experience of perceiving (seeing, knowing, lacking, etc.), due to the non-volitional nature of the action described.
Perception verbs are therefore inherently atelic and intransitive: the semantic patient is the perceiver, while the perceived thing is an ablative argument. In this respect, it could be said that Dundulanyä extends to physical perception the syntactic treatment of feelings. See for example the two following sentences, both using different perception verbs:
{{Gloss
| phrase = jñū meśah.
| morphemes = jñu-ū meś-∅-∅-h
| gloss = tree-<small>ABL.SG</small>. see-<small>EXP-PAT-1SG.IND.PRES</small>.
| translation = I see the tree.
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = nenūya chläh.
| morphemes = nena-ū=ya chlä-∅-∅-h
| gloss = voice-<small>ABL.SG=2SG</small>. be_happy-<small>EXP-PAT-1SG.IND.PRES</small>.
| translation = I'm happy to hear from you.
}}
Perception verbs include many common roots in the language, such as ''√meś-'' (to see), ''√śod-'' (to know, understand), ''√nely-'' (to think), ''√chlä-'' (to be happy, glad), ''√śeñc-'' (to lack, miss), ''√vart-'' (to need), ''√hend-'' (to hear), ''√hälp̃-'' (to be moved, touched), ''√lom̃b̃-'' (to like), or ''√kol-'' (to forget).
From most atelic roots, telic transitive verbs can be derived by means of different prefixes (most commonly ''ta-'' (here), ''sam-'' (to the next one), ''mīram-'' (towards), ''pad-'' (beyond), ''sve-'' (full, all); where the action is conceptualized as negative also ''viṣ-'' (away), but more specific meanings can be formed through other prefixes). The results are lexicalized verbs, which are often better translated using different English verbs; cf. the following ones:
* ''meś-'' (to see) → ''ta-meś-'' (to watch);
* ''śod-'' (to know, understand) → ''saṃ-śod-'' (to learn) → causative ''saṃ-śod-on-'' (to teach);
* ''hend-'' (to hear) → ''ta-hend-'' (to listen);
* ''śeñc-'' (to lack, miss) → ''vikṣeñc-'' (''viṣ-śeñc-'') (to renounce);
* ''vart-'' (to need) → ''ta-vart-'' (to require, demand);
* ''kol-'' (to forget) → ''viṣ-kol-'' (to purposefully forget).
==Vocabulary==
===Kinship terminology===
Dundulanyä kinship terminology reflects the traditional clan-centric structure of their society; even if contemporary society does not have anymore the clan (''lilene'') as its main unit, kinship terminology hasn't changed and surnames (clan names) are still inherited matrilinearly.
Dundulanyä kinship conceptually follows a variant of the [[w:Iroquois kinship|Iroquois system]] that gives more importance to female relatives on both the mother and the father's side of the family tree, establishing the mother's clan as primary and the father's clan (i.e. the one continued by the father's sisters') as secondary for Ego; the children of either parent's brothers are considered to belong to their respective mothers' clans, without any relationship to Ego.
Such a system is characterized by three peculiarities:
* the children of Ego's mother's sister(s), as well as any maternal halfsibling, are referred to with the same terms used for biological siblings. In the traditional societal structure, they all belong to the same clan as Ego. Marriage between the Ego and such cousins is taboo and prohibited by law;
* the children of Ego's father's sister(s) are referred to with a set of "cousin" terms; they all belong to the same clan as Ego's father;
* the children of either parent's brother(s), as well as any paternal halfsibling, are referred to with another, simpler set of "cousin" terms; in traditional perspective, they belong to other clans, with no relationship to Ego<ref>Especially in ancient times, there was some regional variation, as cousins through one's mother's brother are secondarily part of Ego's primary clan, and this was deemed an important distinction in certain areas.</ref>.
The traditional clanic structure is also reflected by the fact that in Archaic Dundulanyä the same word could mean both "father" and - even more commonly, in earlier times - "mother's brother". In some areas it is still common to call one's mother's brother, as long as he's unmarried, with the same word used for "father".<br/>
Mother's brother and father's brother have distinct words, but the words for the father's brother (and his spouse) are nowadays uncommon, and the same words ''būttra'' and ''būkṣāma'' are used, respectively, for both parents' brothers and their spouses.
The Dundulanyä clan-centric kinship terminology also has implications in affinal distinctions, as spouses of relatives are treated differently depending on clan relationship, and Ego's spouse's relatives, especially cross-generational ones, are also treated differently depending on their clans. Affinal distinctions are different depending on whether Ego is female or male.
* ''amamū'' — mother
** ''mā'', ''māmu'' — mom
* ''atabū'' or ''batū'' — father; (arch.) mother's brother
** ''bā'', ''bābu'' — dad
* ''niyāni'' or ''nyāni'' or ''nēni'' — grandmother, grandma
* ''bauji'' or ''bābuji'' or ''boji'' — grandfather, grandpa
* ''mamūniyāni'' — great-grandmother
* ''batūbauji'' — great-grandfather
* ''yoyiniyāni'' — great-great-grandmother
* ''yoyibauji'' — great-great-grandfather
** earlier ancestors are numbered, e.g. Ego's great-grandparent's grandma is ''hälinaika yoyiniyāni'' (lit. "second great-great-grandmother") whose father is Ego's ''kiṅkesi yoyibauji'' (lit. "third great-great-grandfather") and so on.
* ''māmūtra'' — mother's sister
** ''udhibande'' — mother's sister's spouse
* ''melahbūla'' — father's sister
** ''kubḍande'' — father's sister's spouse
* ''būttra'' — uncle; (formally) mother's brother; (arch.) father
** ''būkṣāma'' — uncle's spouse; (formally) mother's brother's spouse
* ''kāḫlan'' — (rare) father's brother
** ''kāḫṛnīma'' — (rare) father's brother's spouse
* ''maiha'' — daughter; offspring, Ego's child
* ''p̃aiṣu'' — son
* ''liṭīca'' — granddaughter
* ''läṭine'' (V abl.) — grandson
** further descendants are numbered, e.g. ''hälinaika liṭīca'' "great-granddaughter" (lit. "second granddaughter") etc.
====Siblings and cousins====
* ''ñältah'' — (male's) sister; sister; sibling; maternal aunt's daughter
* ''buneya'' — female's elder sister; maternal aunt's daughter, older than Ego
* ''kālike'' — female's younger sister; maternal aunt's daughter, younger than Ego
* ''glūḫam'' — (female's) brother; maternal aunt's son
* ''praśke'' — male's elder brother; maternal aunt's son, older than Ego
* ''naiḍe'' — male's younger brother; maternal aunt's son, younger than Ego
* ''būlañältah'' — (male's) paternal aunt's daughter
* ''būlabuneya'' — paternal aunt's daughter, older than a female Ego
* ''būlakālike'' — paternal aunt's daughter, younger than a female Ego
* ''būlaglūḫam'' — (female's) paternal aunt's son
* ''būlapraśke'' — paternal aunt's son, older than a male Ego
* ''būlanaiḍe'' — paternal aunt's son, younger than a male Ego
* ''tuṃsīca'' — daughter of one's parent's brother
* ''toṃsine'' (III abl.) — son of one's parent's brother
The following four couplets are used for siblings' children:
* ''nimīca'' — (F) older sister's daughter
* ''nämine'' (V abl.) — (F) older sister's son
* ''trīca'' — (F) younger sister's daughter / (M) sister's daughter
* ''tarine'' (I abl.) — (F) younger sister's son / (M) sister's son
* ''kiḍīca'' — (M) older brother's daughter
* ''käḍine'' (V abl.) — (M) older brother's son
* ''huɂīca'' — (M) younger brother's daughter / (F) brother's daughter
* ''hoɂine'' (III abl.) — (M) younger brother's son / (F) brother's son
====Affinal relationships====
* ''lalāba'' — wife
* ''śuthah'' (ṛ-stem) — husband
* ''umāgi'' — mother-in-law
* ''umausa'' — father-in-law
* ''lāmati'' — husband's sister
** ''lāṅgana'' — husband's sister's spouse
* ''śuthṝṣra'' — husband's brother
** ''śuthṝṣārya'' — husband's brother's spouse
* ''udhilalāba'' — wife's sister
* ''udhilalonde'' — wife's sister's spouse
* ''gānoḍa'' — wife's brother
* ''gānojāma'' — wife's brother's spouse
===Colours===
Dundulanyä people traditionally distinguish 13 basic colours (''hīmba''), with the notable presence of two heavily culturally significant ones: golden yellow and lilac:
{| class="wikitable"
|-
! Colour !! Noun !! Verb<br/><small>''to be …''</small> !! Prototypical example
|-
| Black || ''śyūda'' || ''śyūdah'' || style="background:#000000" |
|-
| Blue, also dark green || ''kāmila'' || ''kāmilah'' || style="background:#005EFF" |
|-
| Brown || ''tūnya'' || ''tūnyah'' || style="background:#874B0F" |
|-
| Golden yellow || ''chlīm̃a'' || ''chlīm̃ah'' || style="background:#FFCD00" |
|-
| Gray || ''nijam'' || ''nijmah'' || style="background:#AAAAAA" |
|-
| Green || ''bhāca'' || ''bhācah'' || style="background:#3FF91A" |
|-
| Light yellow || ''khañja'' || ''khañjah'' || style="background:#FFFF44" |
|-
| Lilac || ''kalya'' || ''kalyah'' || style="background:#D8A8FF" |
|-
| Orange || ''cände'' || ''cändah'' || style="background:#FF7000" |
|-
| Pink || ''kīlana'' || ''kīlanah'' || style="background:#F9C6F9" |
|-
| Red || ''ūnika'' || ''ūnikah'' || style="background:#ED0000" |
|-
| Violet, dark lilac || ''somye'' || ''somih'' || style="background:#7116CD" |
|-
| White || ''pāṇḍa'' || ''pāṇḍah'' || style="background:#FFFFFF" |
|}
===Time===
The Dundulanyä calendar counts the 418-day Eventoan solar year (''naṃśāla''), divided into 14 months (''asānai'', sg. ''asāna'') of varying length (30 days on average), as well as a concurrent (not numbered) shorter cycle, called ''juñśätanä'' (from Lannä ''zunosä tanäy'' "count of days") of 216 days, which forms the basis of the "week" system, dividing that number of days into 18 "weeks" of 12 days each.
The solar year is not exactly 418 days long (the exact amount being roughly 418.1668 days), so that each sixth calendar year is a 419-day long leap year, adding one day at the end of the last month. The 418- or 419-day year and 216-day ''juñśätanä'' are grouped together into 78-year cycles (151 ''juñśätanä''), where the 78th year is a leap year (the thirteenth in such a cycle) and the 151st ''juñśätanä'' also adds a single day (hence having a length of 217 days), so that both counts end on the same day (the 32,617th of the cycle) at the end of the 78th solar year / 151st ''juñśätanä''.
The start of the calendar year is on the Southern hemisphere fall equinox, while days start at dawn. Months are grouped according to astronomical seasons of the Southern hemisphere, but it is the same nevertheless in the few areas of the Dundulanyä world north of the Equator; these are not immediately related to climatical seasons, as the Dundulanyä heartlands of Taktapṣikha have a monsonic climate with two distinct seasons and most of the Dundulanyä live in areas with tropical or equatorial climates.
Eleven out of the fourteen month names are related to constellations transited through during that month; two of them (the eighth and eleventh months) are related to religion and one (the last month of the year) is related to climatical conditions of Taktapṣikha.
{| class="wikitable"
|+ Months of the Dundulanyä calendar
|-
! No. !! Month !! Days !! Name meaning
|-
! 1
| '''pārthuka''' || 30 || of the chameleon (''pṛthuka'')
|-
! 2
| '''uṣraumaṇa''' || 29 || of the ''uṣrūmaṇa'' (a small tree-dwelling bear)
|-
! 3
| '''gurūṣaikha''' || 31 || of the ''gurūṣikhe'' (a spirit related to millet sowing in Dundulanyä mythology and folklore)
|-
! 4
| '''saiśva''' || 29 || of the antelope (''siśu'')
|-
! 5
| '''nēlila''' || 31 || of the albatros (''nälila'')
|-
! 6
| '''kaulika''' || 30 || of the Lusaṃrītene red monkey (''kulika'')
|-
! 7
| '''laum̃am̃a''' || 30 || of the ''lūm̃am̃a'' (a quail-like bird)
|-
! 8
| '''sisauklaulya''' || 30 || sacred month, "month of the sacred blooming"
|-
! 9
| '''gaulkaɂa''' || 30 || of the coral (''gulkah'')
|-
! 10
| '''m̃ālasaiṣama''' || 29 || of the ''m̃ālasiṣama'' (a type of snake)
|-
! 11
| '''bhṛtaupala''' || 30 || of the oboes<ref>Named after the ''Bhartośāvi'', lit. “night(s) of oboes”, the most important religious festival of the Yunyalīlta.</ref>
|-
! 12
| '''maimaṇa''' || 29 || of the eel (''mīmaṇa'')
|-
! 13
| '''nāraima''' || 30 || of the jaguar (''nārema'')
|-
! 14
| '''camibhāca''' || 30/31 || great green
|}
The Eventoan day is about 34.8 Earth hours long, and there is no uniform standard to divide it among the various parts of the planet. The Dundulanyä divide the day into 48 (40<sub>12</sub>) subdivisions called ''garaṇai'' (singular ''garaṇa''), each one about 43.5 Earth minutes long. The day is, for timekeeping and time expressions, divided starting at sunrise into seven periods, called ''gūsai'' (literally "cuts", sg. ''gūsa''), the first six of six ''garaṇai'' each and the last one of twelve ''garaṇai''.
All seven ''gūsai'' are named, and the last hour of each one has a special name<ref>Hour names are used for the entire hour, i.e. ''sonda'' from 6r.0.00 to 6r.3.25.</ref>:
# '''raṇivu''' ('''r''') "morning"; the sixth hour (6r.0.00) is ''sonda tūnuḍu'' or ''sonda'' (literally "early call");
# '''mīmṛdauna''' ('''m''') "midday"; the sixth hour, noon (6m.0.00) is ''lalla dāvan'' "highest sun";
# '''saṃlallai''' ('''s'''), pl. tantum, "afternoon"; the sixth hour (6s.0.00) is ''ṭheba tūnuḍu'' or ''ṭheba'' "late call";
# '''anuśamvīrä''' ('''n'''), pl. tantum, "late afternoon" (before-sunset); the sixth hour (6n.0.00) is ''śanu'' "sunset"
# '''śusva''' ('''ś''') "evening"; the sixth hour (6ś.0.00) is ''prācikha'' "last offering", i.e. closure of dinner;
# '''okṣṇi lalēni''' or '''okṣṇīrä''' ('''k''') "growing night"; the sixth hour (6k.0.00) is ''tiḫa'' "midnight";
# '''lalēni''' ('''l''') "night"; the twelfth hour (10l.0.00) is ''hāreṇe'' (e-stem) "dawn".
Other hours are simply named using ordinal numbers and the locative of the ''gūsa'', e.g. ''raṇibbā lumpyä'' "first in the morning", ''mīmṛdaunā hälinaika'' "second in the midday", ''anuśamvīrän śulkesi'' "fifth in the late afternoon".
Each ''garaṇa'' is divided into four timeframes called ''railai'' (singular ''raila'') - about 10.8 Earth minutes - further divided into 30 (26<sub>12</sub>) units known as ''nartī'' (singular ''narti'') - a little less than 22 Earth seconds each.<br/>
''Nartī'' are divided into eight ''nīmaṣi'' (sg. ''nīmaṣe'') - 2.72 Earth seconds - which are further divided into twelve ''idimaṣi'' (sg. ''idimaṣe'') - 0.227 Earth seconds.
==="Thinking" in Dundulanyä===
The English verb "to think" may be translated in different ways in Dundulanyä. Its meaning "to think" in the sense of imagining or communicating in one's own mind is translated by the root ''√nely-'':
: ''kata tho nelyah''. — I'm thinking about you.
: ''nelyāpah jallah''. — I think, therefore I am.
When "to think" is used in order to state one's opinion, Dundulanyä makes the distinction of that thing being a personal opinion based on experience or trustable facts (root ''√sām-'') or an uncertain opinion, often because of mere sensation (still ''√nely-'') (much like the Danish distinction between ''at synes'' and ''at tro''). Both verbs require the quotative particle '''tati''':
: ''duljive umūm tati sāmūh''. — I think the movie is good. (for I have seen it)
: ''duljive umūm tati nelyah''. — I think the movie is good. (but I haven't seen it)
''√sām-'' is used also to state one's opinion about a situation (still requiring ''tati'') as well as in the construction ''(2SG) inyo'', better translated as "if I were you" (needs a subjunctive verb):
: ''taśive umūm tati sāmūh''. — I think it's a good idea.
: ''viṣam guntai kata inyo sāmūh''. — if I were you, I'd buy the other one. (note imperfective subjunctive)
: ''viṣam uguntai kata inyo sāmūh''. — if I were you, I'd have bought the other one. (perfective subjunctive here)
''√nely-'', on the other hand, is used in the past to state something that was thought to be one way but turned out not to be. Also, it is used for future forecasts:
: ''nälte nilavā tati nilin, lalla dāvan cāhin jallīyās''. — I thought it was 4:00 in the morning, but it was already ''lalla dāvan'' (7:00 in the morning).
: ''kaṅga naṅgaśaurulu tati inilyam hä !'' — I thought you were from Naṅgaśūra! (the perfect here could also be translated as "until now, I had been thinking ...")
: ''prānilau idmaiṣyika tati nelyah''. — I think it's going to rain tomorrow.
Note that ''√nely-'' is a perception verb, as defined [[#Telicity_in_perception_verbs|above]], and therefore intransitive, unlike ''√sām-''.
Still, it's better not to translate directly "to think" as ''√nely-'' as in many cases Dundulanyä simply uses an evidential marker:
: ''ut drävūnī''. — I think (s)he did it. (= apparently, (s)he did it)
: ''ut drebūnī''. — I think (s)he did it, but it's probably not so. (= apparently, (s)he did it, but probably not)
: ''duljive umūm emi''. — I've been told the movie is good.
===Sensorial and emotional beauty===
There are two Dundulanyä words that translate to "beautiful": ''lītanah'' (√lītan-) and ''ñäheyah'' (√ñähey-). While conceptually similar, they are often not interchangeable: ''ñäheyah'' refers to sensorial beauty, while ''lītanah'' to beauty in an emotional sense. Some examples:
: ''naṅgaḍuk padimiśura ñäheya''. — the view on the lake is beautiful. (note also how ''padimiśura'' (a view) requires dative case on its argument)
: ''lelḫe hiyo lītana''. — life here is beautiful.
: ''huline ñäheya''. — the woman is beautiful. (i.e. her appearance is beautiful)
: ''huline lītana''. — the woman is beautiful. (i.e. she has many good qualities)
The derived nouns ''ñähejña'' (with a rarer variant ''ñähīna'') and ''lītanna'' may be translated as "outer beauty" and "inner beauty" respectively.
===Personal names===
: '' Main article: [[Dundulanyä/Names|Dundulanyä names]]''
==Example texts==
===''Brif, bruf, braf''===
A Dundulanyä translation of the tale "Brif, bruf, braf" by [[w:Gianni Rodari|Gianni Rodari]] (from ''Favole al telefono'' (Telephone Tales), 1962).
: rirä epena chir̃ā hajirāmitā viṣkaṇai idumū śudai vaininenaikūvai buɂibī vikṣlotadīra ḫamfat nisākhūra.
: brif, braf tati lumpyä epenē nīnī.
: braf, brof tati hälinaikē nīnī – epeneve cai thiɂlikai gālora.
: hälinaika mirābā bhāvaṭā samprātrat meṣra geṇṭha ṭarghe takūnī yiyūnīṅ itta pāmyūva śucislam meṣṛga va gorcaga tabon geṇṭha huline raudī.
: āqna ī āna epeneve omulṣäḍa tati hulinē nīnī.
: meṣra ṭarghe sā prānīgūvī va:
: «śāṃgūh va.»
: «epenev vainayanūhin uśudam tati niṣigūvī va itta īśa niṣyūvī?»
: «yaivū itta uśudam. laire ī lītana tati lumpyä epenē nīnī. prānilau didya didya lītaniṣya tati hälinaikē pānīnīṅ.»
: huline viṣpriṣṭūnī, epeneve sā ḫamfīhin vainīkūvai sebāre gaulura himena hijrī.
: maraski, barabaski, pippirimoski tati lumpyä nīnī.
: bruf tati hälinaikē pānīnī. yāyukaneve cai sebāre ēthäɂligḍa.
: didya kamīne yaivū uśudam tati naig va tati idatvaḫa geṇṭha hulinē niqirblī.
: yaivū itta uśudah tati p̃āja geṇṭha ṭarghē pānīnī. hine lilapā himena hulīce chläba tati lumpyä nīnī. lilapa lītanlītana tati hälinaikē pānīnīṅ.
: lilapa ba sā raṅgrī lītanaś tati geṇṭha hulinē saṃśamī.
: brif, bruf, braf tati geṇṭha ṭarghē pānīnī.
{{col-begin}}
{{col-break}}
'''Original Italian''':
Due bambini, nella pace del cortile, giocavano a inventare una lingua speciale per poter parlare tra loro senza far capire nulla agli altri.<br/>
- Brif, braf, - disse il primo.<br/>
- Braf, brof, - rispose il secondo. E scoppiarono a ridere.
Su un balcone del primo piano c'era un vecchio buon signore a leggere il giornale, e affacciata alla finestra dirimpetto c'era una vecchia signora né buona né cattiva.<br/>
- Come sono sciocchi quei bambini, - disse la signora.<br/>
Ma il buon signore non era d'accordo:<br/>
- Io non trovo.<br/>
- Non mi dirà che ha capito quello che hanno detto.<br/>
- E invece ho capito tutto. Il primo ha detto: che bella giornata. Il secondo ha risposto: domani sarà ancora più bello.
La signora arricciò il naso ma stette zitta, perché i bambini avevano ricominciato a parlare nella loro lingua.<br/>
- Maraschi, barabaschi, pippirimoschi, - disse il primo.<br/>
- Bruf, - rispose il secondo. E giù di nuovo a ridere tutti e due.<br/>
- Non mi dirà che ha capito anche adesso, - esclamò indignata la vecchia signora.<br/>
- E invece ho capito tutto, - rispose sorridendo il vecchio signore. - Il primo ha detto: come siamo contenti di essere al mondo. E il secondo ha risposto: il mondo è bellissimo.<br/>
- Ma è poi bello davvero? - insisté la vecchia signora.<br/>
- Brif, bruf, braf, - rispose il vecchio signore.
{{col-break}}
'''English translation ([https://www.babblesf.com/gianni_rodari_english_translation.html sourced from here]):
In the quiet of the courtyard, two children played by making up their own language to speak to one another without anyone else understanding what they said.<br/>
“Brif, braf,” said the first.<br/>
“Braf, brof,” answered the second. And they burst out laughing.<br/>
On the second-floor balcony was a kind old man reading his newspaper, and looking down from the opposite window was an old woman who was neither good nor bad.<br/>
“How foolish these children are,” said the woman.<br/>
But the good man disagreed: “I don’t think so.”<br/>
“Don’t tell me that you understood what they were saying.”<br/>
“Actually, I understood everything. The first said: ‘What a beautiful day.’ The second replied: ‘Tomorrow will be even better.’”<br/>
The woman turned up her nose but remained silent as the children began speaking in their own language once again.<br/>
“Maraschi, barabaschi, pippirimoschi,” said the first.<br/>
“Bruf,” replied the second. And both fell on the floor laughing once again.<br/>
“Don’t tell me that you understood them this time,” exclaimed the woman crossly.<br/>
“Actually, I understood everything,” answered the old man with a laugh. The first said: ‘How happy we are to be in this world.’ The second replied: ‘The world is so beautiful.’”<br/>
“But is it really so beautiful?” demanded the old woman.<br/>
“Brif, bruf, braf,” replied the old man.
{{col-break}}
{{col-end}}
'''Gloss:'''
{{Gloss
| phrase = rirä epena chir̃ā hajirāmitā viṣkaṇai idumū śudai vaininenaikūvai buɂibī vikṣlotadīra ḫamfat nisākhūra.
| morphemes = rirä epen-a chir̃-ā hajirāmit-ā viṣkaṇ-ai idum-ū śud-∅-∅-ai vaininenā-∅-ikū-ai buɂib-ī vikṣlotadīr-∅-∅-a ḫamfa-t ni-sākh-∅-ū-ra.
| gloss = two. child-<small>DIR.SG</small>. courtyard-<small>LOC.SG</small>. quiet-<small>LOC.SG</small>. other.<small>PERS-DIR.PL</small>. nothing-<small>ABL</small>. understand-<small>EXP-PAT-IMPF.3.SUBJ</small>. talk.<small>POT-EXP-REC-IMPF.3.SUBJ</small>. game-<small>ESS.SG</small>. special-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>. language-<small>ACC.SG</small>. create-<small>EXP-AG-PAST.3DU.IND</small>.
| translation = In the quiet of the courtyard, two children played by making up their own language to speak to one another without anyone else understanding what they said.
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = brif, braf tati lumpyä epenē nīnī.
| morphemes = brif, braf tati lumpyä epen-ē nī-∅-∅-(n)ī
| gloss = (asemic), (asemic) <small>QUOT</small>. first. child-<small>ERG.SG</small>. say-<small>EXP.PAT-PAST.3SG.IND</small>.
| translation = “Brif, braf,” said the first.
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = braf, brof tati hälinaikē nīnī – epeneve cai thiɂlikai gālora.
| morphemes = brif, braf tati hälinaik-ē nī-∅-∅-(n)ī – epen-eve cai thiɂl-∅-ik-ai gā-lo-∅-∅-ra
| gloss = (asemic), (asemic) <small>QUOT</small>. second-<small>ERG.SG</small>. say-<small>EXP-PAT-PAST.3SG.IND</small>. – child-<small>DIR.DU</small>. and_so.<small>EMPH</small>. laugh-<small>EXP-REFL-IMPF.3.SUBJ</small>. into-walk-<small>EXP-PAT-PAST.3DU.IND</small>.
| translation = “Braf, brof,” answered the second. And they burst out laughing.
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = hälinaika mirābā bhāvaṭā samprātrat meṣra geṇṭha ṭarghe takūnī yiyūnīṅ itta pāmyūva śucislam meṣṛga va gorcaga tabon geṇṭha huline raudī.
| morphemes = hälinaika mirāb-ā bhāvaṭ-ā samprātra-t meṣr-∅-∅-a geṇṭh-∅-∅-a ṭarghe ta-kū-∅-∅-(n)ī yiy-∅-ū-(n)ī=ṅ itta pā-myū-∅-∅-a śucisl0m-∅ meṣr-∅-g-∅-a va gorc-∅-g-∅-a tabon geṇṭh-∅-∅-a huline rau-di-∅-∅-ī.
| gloss = second. floor-<small>LOC.SG</small>. balcony-<small>LOC.SG</small>. newspaper-<small>ACC.SG</small>. kind-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>. old-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>. man.<small>DIR.SG</small>. <small>PLACE</small>-sit-<small>EXP-PAT-PAST.3SG.IND</small>. read-<small>EXP-AG-PAST.3SG.IND</small>=and. meanwhile. opposite-be.<small>GENERIC_MASSES-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>. window-<small>BOUND.SG</small>.  kind-<small>EXP-IRR-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>. <small>NEG</small>. mean-<small>EXP-IRR-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>. neither. old-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>. woman.<small>DIR.SG</small>. protruding-stay-<small>EXP-PAT-PAST.3SG.IND</small>.
| translation = On the second-floor balcony was a kind old man reading his newspaper, and looking down from the opposite window was an old woman who was neither good nor bad.
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = āqna ī āna epeneve omulṣäḍa tati hulinē nīnī.
| morphemes = āqna ī āna epen-eve omulṣä-∅-∅-ḍa tati hulin-ē nī-∅-∅-(n)ī
| gloss = <small>QUANTITY.DISTAL</small>. indeed. that.<small>DISTAL</small>. child.<small>DIR.DU</small>. silly-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES-3DU.IND</small>. <small>QUOT</small>. woman-<small>ERG.SG</small>. say-<small>EXP.PAT-PAST.3SG.IND</small>.
| translation = “How foolish these children are,” said the woman.
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = meṣra ṭarghe sā prānīgūnī va: «śāṃgūh va».
| morphemes = meṣr-∅-∅-a ṭarghe sā prānī-∅-g-ū-(n)ī va: «śām-∅-g-ū-h va».
| gloss = kind-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>. man.<small>DIR.SG</small>. but.<small>EMPH</small>. agree-<small>EXP-IRR-AG-PAST.3SG.IND</small>. <small>NEG</small>. think-<small>EXP-IRR-AG-PRES.1SG.IND</small>. <small>NEG</small>.
| translation = But the good man disagreed: “I don’t think so.”
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = epenev vainayanūhin uśudam tati niṣigūvī va itta īśa niṣyūvī?
| morphemes = epen-ev vainayan-ū=hin uśud-∅-∅-m tati ni-ṣy-∅-g-ū-ī va itta īśa ni-ṣy-∅-ū-ī?
| gloss = child-<smalL>BOUND.DU</small>. conversation-<small>ABL.SG=3DU.POSS</small>. understand.<small>PERF-EXP-PAT-1SG.IND</small>. <small>QUOT</small>. say-<small>FUT-EXP-IRR-AG-2SG.IND</small>. <small>NEG</small>. while. <small>POLAR_INTERR.EMPH</small>. say-<small>FUT-EXP-AG-2SG.IND</small>.
| translation = Don’t tell me that you understood what they were saying.
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = yaivū itta uśudam. laire ī lītana tati lumpyä epenē nīnī. prānilau didya didya lītaniṣya tati hälinaikē pānīnīṅ.
| morphemes = yaiv-ū itta uśud-∅-∅-m. laire ī lītan-∅-∅-a tati lumpyä epen-ē nī-∅-∅-(n)ī. prānilau didya didya lītan-iṣy-∅-∅-a tati hälinaik-ē pānī-∅-∅-(n)ī=ṅ.
| gloss = all-<small>ABL</small>. meanwhile. understand.<small>PERF-EXP-PAT-1SG.IND</small>. day.<small>DIR.SG</small>. indeed. beautiful-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>. <small>QUOT</small>. first. child-<small>ERG.SG</small>. say-<small>EXP.PAT-PAST.3SG.IND</small>. tomorrow. more. more. beautiful-<small>FUT-EXP-PAT-3.IND</small>. <small>QUOT</small>. second-<small>ERG.SG</small>. answer-<small>EXP.PAT-PAST.3SG.IND</small>=and.
| translation = Actually, I understood everything. The first said: "What a beautiful day." The second replied: "Tomorrow will be even better."
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = huline viṣpriṣṭūnī, epeneve sā ḫamfīhin vainīkūvai sebāre gaulura himena hijrī.
| morphemes = huline viṣpriṣṭ-∅-ū-(n)ī, epen-eve sā ḫamf-ī=hin vainī-∅-ikū-ai sebāre gā-ulu-∅-∅-ra himena hijr-∅-∅-ī.
| gloss = woman.<small>DIR.SG</small>. frown_away-<small>EXP-AG-PAST.3SG.IND</small>. child-<small>DIR.DU</small>. but.<small>EMPH</small>. language-<small>INSTR.SG=3DU.POSS</small>. talk-<small>EXP-REC-IMPF.3.SUBJ</small>. again. into-walk.<small>PERF-EXP-3.IND</small>. herefore. be_silent-<small>EXP-PAT-PAST.3SG.IND</small>.
| translation = The woman turned up her nose but remained silent as the children began speaking in their own language once again.
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = maraski, barabaski, pippirimoski tati lumpyä nīnī.
| morphemes = maraski, barabaski, pippirimoski tati lumpyä nī-∅-∅-(n)ī
| gloss = (asemic), (asemic), (asemic) <small>QUOT</small>. first.<small>ERG.SG</small>. say-<small>EXP.PAT-PAST.3SG.IND</small>.
| translation = “Maraschi, barabaschi, pippirimoschi,” said the first.
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = bruf tati hälinaikē pānīnī. yāyukaneve cai sebāre ēthäɂligḍa.
| morphemes = bruf tati hälinaik-ē pānī-∅-∅-(n)ī. yāyukan-eve cai sebāre ēthäɂl-∅-ik-ḍa
| gloss = (asemic) <small>QUOT</small>. second-<small>ERG.SG</small>. reply-<small>EXP-PAT-PAST.3SG.IND</small>. – both-<small>DIR.DU</small>. and_so.<small>EMPH</small>. again. laugh.<small>INTENS-EXP-REFL-IMPF.3DU</small>.
| translation = “Bruf,” replied the second. And both fell on the floor laughing once again.
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = didya kamīne – yaivū uśudam tati naigū va tati idatvaḫa geṇṭha hulinē niqirblī.
| morphemes = didya kamīne – yaiv-ū uśud-∅-∅-m tati nai-g-ū-∅ va tati id<a>tvaḫ-∅-∅-a geṇṭh-∅-∅-a hulin-ē niqirbl-∅-∅-ī
| gloss = all-<small>ABL</small>. understand.<small>PERF-EXP-PAT-1SG.IND</small>. <small>QUOT</small>. say.<small>IMP-IRR-AG-3</small>. <small>NEG</small>. <small>QUOT</small>. offend.<small>PERF-EXP-PAT-3.IND</small>. old-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>. woman-<small>ERG.SG</small>. exclaim-<small>EXP.PAT-PAST.3SG.IND</small>.
| translation = “Don’t tell me that you understood them this time,” exclaimed the woman crossly.
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = yaivū itta uśudah tati p̃āja geṇṭha ṭarghē pānīnī. hine lilapā himena hulīce chläba tati lumpyä nīnī. lilapa lītanlītana tati hälinaikē pānīnīṅ.
| morphemes = yaiv-ū itta uśud-∅-∅-m tati p̃āj-∅-∅-a geṇṭh-∅-∅-a ṭargh-ē pānī-∅-∅-(n)ī. hine lilap-ā himena hulīce chlä-∅-∅-ba tati lumpyä nī-∅-∅-(n)ī. lilapa lītan-lītan-∅-∅-a tati hälinaik-ē pānī-∅-∅-(n)ī=ṅ
| gloss = all-<small>ABL</small>. meanwhile. understand.<small>PERF-EXP-PAT-1SG.IND</small>. <small>QUOT</small>. smile-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>. old-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>. man-<small>ERG.SG</small>. answer.<small>IMP-IRR-AG-3</small>. this. world-<small>LOC.SG</small>. herefore. this_way. happy-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES.1DU.IND</small>. <small>QUOT</small>. first-<small>ERG.SG</small>. say-<small>EXP.PAT-PAST.3SG.IND</small>. world.<small>DIR.SG</small>. beautiful-beautiful-<small>EXP.PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>. <small>QUOT</small>. second-<small>ERG.SG</small>. answer-<small>EXP.PAT-PAST.3SG.IND</small>=and.
| translation = “Actually, I understood everything,” answered the old man with a laugh. The first said: ‘How happy we are to be in this world.’ The second replied: ‘The world is so beautiful.’”
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = lilapa ba sā raṅgrī lītanaś tati geṇṭha hulinē saṃśamī.
| morphemes = lilapa ba sā raṅgr-ī lītan-∅-∅-a=ś tati geṇṭh-∅-∅-a hulin-ē saṃśam-∅-∅-ī.
| gloss = world.<small>DIR.SG</small>. <small>TOPIC</small>. but.<small>EMPH</small>. truth-<small>ESS.SG</small>. beautiful-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND=POLAR_INTERR</small>. <small>QUOT</small>. old-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>. woman-<small>ERG.SG</small>. insist-<small>EXP.PAT-PAST.3SG.IND</small>.
| translation = “But is it really so beautiful?” demanded the old woman.
}}
{{Gloss
| phrase = brif, bruf, braf tati geṇṭha ṭarghē pānīnī.
| morphemes = brif, bruf, braf tati geṇṭh-∅-∅-a ṭargh-ē pānī-∅-∅-(n)ī
| gloss = (asemic) (asemic) (asemic) <small>QUOT</small>. old-<small>EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND</small>. man-<small>ERG.SG</small>. answer.<small>IMP-IRR-AG-3</small>.
| translation = “Brif, bruf, braf,” replied the old man.
}}


==External history==
==External history==
Line 622: Line 2,462:
* A long process of “refinement” of Chlouvānem – that happened offline, so it was never reflected in any edit on the wiki pages here – by eliminating or changing some quirks that had formed over time and that had brought me to a standstill in working on that conlang by late 2020. Ideas for the refinement started from nominal morphology but then they eventually snowballed to the point it was impossible to implement them without basically starting the conlang anew;
* A long process of “refinement” of Chlouvānem – that happened offline, so it was never reflected in any edit on the wiki pages here – by eliminating or changing some quirks that had formed over time and that had brought me to a standstill in working on that conlang by late 2020. Ideas for the refinement started from nominal morphology but then they eventually snowballed to the point it was impossible to implement them without basically starting the conlang anew;
* A radical reboot of [[Tameï]] that was meant to give it an a priori language family in a slightly changed conworld setting (although still on an alternative Earth); this was the language I originally created the glottonym ''Dundulanyä'' for;
* A radical reboot of [[Tameï]] that was meant to give it an a priori language family in a slightly changed conworld setting (although still on an alternative Earth); this was the language I originally created the glottonym ''Dundulanyä'' for;
* Various unnamed sketchlangs, mostly attempts at Hurro-Urartian diachronic conlanging, that were the results of a general interest in Ancient Near Eastern languages as a side-effect of my work on [[Lifashian]] (my “conlang of choice” for most of 2021).
* Various unnamed sketchlangs, mostly attempts at Hurro-Urartian diachronic conlanging, that were the results of a general interest in Ancient Near Eastern languages as a side-effect of my work on [[Lifashian]] (my “conlang of choice” for most of 2021) - although some of those ideas eventually became the "successor" to Lifashian, that is, [[Elodian]].
Nevertheless, Dundulanyä for years has mostly been a collection of ideas still not totally parted from Chlouvānem, and it gained steam on its own only in late 2023 (first half of November), two years after its official start.
 
Dundulanyä is meant to be the first conlang for a sort of reboot of [[Verse:Calémere|Calémere]] – [[Verse:Eventoa|Eventoa]] – as, much like in Chlouvānem itself, there had come to be quite a few things in and about Calémere that I wasn’t that sure of keeping, but changing them would have meant to change so many things about the conworld that depended on them. Eventoa, as of now (November 14, 2023) is a WIP conworld about which I'm still adding and discarding ideas nearly every time I work on it, so there’s little to be written about it – but it eventually will incorporate a few elements of Calémere. Dundulanyä will play a role in Eventoa vaguely similar to the one Chlouvānem had in Calémere, although unlike earlier conworld reboots I have decided not to trash everything away (hence why I chose a different name for Eventoa), keeping eight years’ worth of documentation about Calémere and five years’ worth about Chlouvānem intact.
 
: ''See [[Chlouvānem#External_history|Chlouvānem § External history]] and [[Verse:Calémere#External_History|Calémere § External history]] for more.''


Dundulanyä is meant to be the first conlang for a sort of reboot of [[Verse:Calémere|Calémere]] – [[Verse:Eventoa|Eventoa]] – as, much like in Chlouvānem itself, there had come to be quite a few things in and about Calémere that I wasn’t that sure of keeping, but changing them would have meant to change so many things about the conworld that depended on them. Eventoa, as of now (March 28, 2022) is a WIP conworld about which I'm still adding and discarding ideas nearly every time I work on it, so there’s little to be written about it – but it eventually will incorporate a few elements of Calémere. Dundulanyä will play a role in Eventoa vaguely similar to the one Chlouvānem had in Calémere, although unlike earlier conworld reboots I have decided not to trash everything away (hence why I chose a different name for Eventoa), keeping eight years’ worth of documentation about Calémere and five years’ worth about Chlouvānem intact.
Compared to Chlouvānem, Dundulanyä is going to tone down somewhat the Sanskrit and particularly the Lithuanian and Japanese influences, while being more influenced by PIE itself, Hurrian, Urartian, Elamite, Anatolian languages, Akkadian, languages of the Caucasus (particularly Adyghe), and more aesthetic influences from Telugu, Kannada, Malayalam and Tamil.


Compared to Chlouvānem, Dundulanyä is going to tone down somewhat the Sanskrit and particularly the Lithuanian and Japanese influences, while being more influenced by PIE itself, Hurrian, Urartian, Elamite, Anatolian languages, and the Semitic and Turkic languages as a whole.
==See also==
* [[Verse:Eventoa|Eventoa]]
* [[Dundulanyä/Names|Dundulanyä names]]


==Notes==
==Notes==

Latest revision as of 11:51, 7 September 2024

Dundulanyä
dundulanyä ḫamfafa
Pronunciation[dundulɐnjɛ ħɐmɸɐɸɐ]
Created byLili21
DateDec 2021
SettingEventoa
EthnicityDundulanyä; Neo-Dundulanyä
Native speakers1,946,000,000 (4140)
East Taktapṣaikhulu (areal)
  • Dundulanyä
Early form
Pre-Dundulanyä
Standard form
Modern Standard Dundulanyä
Official status
Official language in
Confederation of the United Dundulanyä Republics
This article contains IPA phonetic symbols. Without proper rendering support, you may see question marks, boxes, or other symbols instead of Unicode characters. For an introductory guide on IPA symbols, see Help:IPA.

Dundulanyä [dundulɐnjɛ], natively known as dundulanyä ḫamfafa[1] [dundulɐnjɛ ħɐmɸɐɸɐ], is the most spoken language on the planet Eventoa (Dun.: Lelḫajāṃrya). It is the official language of the Confederation of the United Dundulanyä Republics, which makes it the main lingua franca across the two southern hemisphere continents, Lusaṃrīte - where it originated - and Jūhma.

Dundulanyä itself has a long history, being first attested about 2400 years before the present in the areas of Central Lusaṃrīte, where the Dundulanyä civilization first developed; through successive empires and religious proselytism, people and language spread across many areas of the continent - most notably Dundulanyä-ifying the north shore of the Inland Seas by the end of Classical Lusaṃrītene Antiquity. As the dominant civilization of Lusaṃrīte, the Dundulanyä spread their language to become the main lingua franca of trade and culture in most of the continent and in eastern Jūhma; the massive demographical changes brought by the epidemics that were the result of increased contact with the civilizations of the northern hemisphere effectively enabled the Dundulanyä culture to spread in areas where formerly other civilizations were dominant. By the modern and contemporary eras, a more standardized version of classical Dundulanyä remained the lingua franca among multiple peoples across Lusaṃrīte and Jūhma, and the situation remained more or less the same after the collapse of the Fifth Dundulanyä Empire and through the Three Leagues Period.

Today, Dundulanyä is the official language of the Confederation of the United Dundulanyä Republics (laḫlurayäh dundulanyäɂi lileṣkorukṣarte śūsmurdibeṣarān), the multicultural political entity that is dominant throughout Lusaṃrīte and Jūhma; the standard language is a heavily standardized version of the classical language, with many of the less regular forms having fallen out of use after one millennium of being essentially a L2 for the totality of its speakers; high style language and creative usage, however, still uses forms that have fallen out of use in the everyday language. Dundulanyä, along with any of the regional languages of the Confederation, is the main language for its 1,9 billion inhabitants, a number to which should be added a substantial amount of foreign users in virtually all other countries in Lusaṃrīte and Jūhma.

Both the language and the setting are still under construction: see the External history section on this page for more.

Internal history

The relationship of Dundulanyä to other languages is poorly understood, given the limited attestations of neighboring languages contemporary to archaic Dundulanyä. It is classified as an East Taktapṣaikhulu language, an areal grouping that includes Dundulanyä and some ancient - and scarcely attested - languages of that area based on some criteria that have been found, such as Austronesian-type alignment, a possessive system like the one of Dundulanyä itself, a duodecimal number system, and heavily inflected nouns, that are not found in the most thoroughly attested languages of that era, the neighboring West Taktapṣaikhulu and Dailishi languages.

Phonology (yāṃsaśodda)

Dundulanyä has a moderately large, but asymmetrical, vowel inventory with six short and four long vowels, along with two diphthongs and two consonants (short and long versions of the same one) that can fill the syllable nucleus.

Vowels - camiyāṃsai
Front Central Back
Close i iː u uː
Close-mid e eː o~ɔ
Open-mid ɛ
Open ɐ äː
Diphthongs aɪ̯ aʊ̯
Syllabic consonants ʀ̩ ʀ̩ː

The two diphthongs /aɪ̯ aʊ̯/ were most likely realized as [aɪ̯ aʊ̯] in Classical Dundulanyä and that one is considered the most literary and formal pronunciation today, however, it is most commonly used by speakers from the North Shore (excluding Līlah), parts of Śola, the Śusopai (Western Lusaṃrīte) and most of Jūhma. The majority of speakers - in Taktapṣikha, Śubhāla, the Toyubeshian islands, Western Jūhma, and the majority of inland Central and Southern Lusaṃrīte pronounce them as [ɛɪ̯ ɔʊ̯]. In Northern Lusaṃrīte and southwards along the coast including the city of Līlah and the Dendāɂneye, as well as in some of the northern islands, the intermediate pronunciation [æɪ̯ ɑʊ̯] with more open but non-centralized first elements are most commonly heard.

The consonant inventory is more complex, with a pattern of “soft” and “hard” consonants traditionally recognized by classical Dundulanyä grammarians, not on a phonetic basis but starting from their relationship inside Dundulanyä morphology. In most cases, the difference is based on aspiration.

Dundulanyä has, among many points of articulations, a series of linguolabial consonants, which are common in its geographical area (in most of northern and central Lūsaṃrīte) but are otherwise extremely rare on Eventoa.

Consonants - hīmbayāṃsai
→ PoA
↓ Manner
Labials Linguolabials Dentals Retroflexes Palatals Velars Laryngeals
Soft Hard Soft Hard Soft Hard Soft Hard Soft Hard Soft Hard Soft Hard
Nasals m n ɳ ɲ ŋ1
Stops Unvoiced p 2 t̼ʰ t̪ʰ ʈ ʈʰ c͡ɕ c͡ɕʰ k ʔ
Voiced b d̼ʱ d̪ʱ ɖ3 ɖʱ3 ɟ͡ʑ ɟ͡ʑʱ ɡ~ɣ ɡʱ ɢ4
Fricatives ɸ~f s ʂ ɕ ɦ ħ
Approximants ʋ ɹ̼ l j ʀ

Table notes:

  1. /ŋ/ is phonemic only in the name of the corresponding letter and, diachronically, through saṃdhi in simplifications of /N/ + velar stop clusters; such instances are, however, to be considered phonemic as the original form is only apparent either throughout the declension or in different styles, see e.g. ṣṭhīṭaṅ "yesterday", tataṅ "today" (← ṣṭhīṭaṅga, tataṅga, used in the declension of the nominal forms except for the direct singular).
  2. The /pʰ/ phoneme is marginal; it has a separate letter in the script, but as a phoneme it is only found in the name of the letter itself, in a few words of onomatopoeic origin, and as the result of saṃdhi (from the clusters -p h- or -p ḫ-); the vast majority of contemporary speakers merge it with /ɸ~f/.
  3. /ɖ/ and /ɖʱ/ are generally represented by the stop realizations, however, in the contemporary spoken language, except when adjacent to another consonant they are most commonly realized as any of [ɽ(ʱ) ɭ(ʱ) ɻ(ʱ)] depending on the geographical origin of the speaker, realizations which are influenced by the historical development of Classical Dundulanyä /ɖ ɖʱ/ in the modern vernaculars.
  4. The q /ɢ/ phoneme is represented here by its most accepted contemporary pronunciation, as there is some debate about its prevailing quality in Classical Dundulanyä. It is also the phoneme which realization varies the most throughout the Dundulanyä-speaking world, often having different realizations depending on the position in the word, or often merging with other phonemes - generally with one of /g/, /k/ or /ʔ/.
    In the standard pronunciation (as well as in the entire North Shore, in and around the city of Līlah, and elsewhere in most of Northern and Western Lusaṃrīte), it is [ɢ] word-initially and syllable-initially, and a fricative (either uvular [χ]-[ʁ] or velar [x]-[ɣ]) in coda, voiceless before voiceless consonants and voiced otherwise.

Some maximalist analyses of contemporary Dundulanyä phonology include other phonemes beyond the standard set; however, the most common analysis, used throughout this and related articles, has the benefit of having a nearly 1:1 correspondence between phonemes and graphemes. For example, a few modern grammarians include a palato-labial series, corresponding to palatal + /ʋ/ clusters in the analysis above, realized as [Cʷ] in many modern pronunciations (cf. [ɕʷɐ̹ŋɡɐ] for /ɕʋɐŋɡɐ/ śvaṅga "money").

With the partial exception of /ħ/, words may only end in soft consonants and/or clusters of an approximant followed by a single soft stop or fricative. In the romanization, some apparent exceptions may be seen due to saṃdhi in words followed by clitics, such as in logh va "I don't go" [lɔɡʱʋɐ].

Saṃdhi (mīraṃdīdda)

Saṃdhi (mīraṃdīdda "reaction") in Dundulanyä is mostly internal saṃdhi only.

Internal saṃdhi

Saṃdhi assimilations are fairly straightforward; in the vast majority of cases, the second consonant assimilates the preceding one(s).

The most basic rules are:

  • Nasals assimilate to the PoA of any following consonant except for y (no assimilation occurs), l (all become , phonetically realized as vowel nasalization), and before d dh s ṣ c ch j jh ś, where there is a phonemic contrast between the homorganic nasal and ; the latter is, in saṃdhi, the result of a preceding m.
  • All plosives assimilate in voicing to a following stop; if the first one is aspirated, then aspiration shifts to the second one.
    • Dentals also assimilate to any adjacent (preceding or following) retroflexes, while labials assimilate to adjacent linguolabials.

In stop saṃdhi, a few further changes apart from basic voicing, retroflex and linguolabial assimilation occur. Note that any such combination also applies to aspirated stops.

-pc- → -ṃc-;
-p̃ṭ- → -p̃p̃-; -p̃c- → -p̃ś-;
-tp̃- → -p̃p̃-; -tc- → -cc-; -tk- → -kt-;
-ṭp̃- → -p̃p̃-; -ṭc- → -cc-; -ṭk- → -kṭ-;
-cp- → -kp-; -cp̃- → -kp̃-; -ct- → -kt-; -cṭ- → -kṭ-; -ck- → -kk-;
-kc- → -cc-.

All combinations involving glottal stops, q (lenited to a glottal stop), as well as -pṭ-, -pk-, -p̃t-, -p̃k-, -tp-, -ṭp-, -kp-, -kp̃-, -kt- and -kṭ- remain unchanged.

Saṃdhi involving voiced stops mostly mirrors the changes of voiceless ones with, however, a few differences:

-b̃ḍ- → -b̃l-; -b̃j- → -b̃l-;
-db- → -bd-; -db̃- → -r̃b̃-; -dj- → -ñj-; -dg- → -gd-; -dq- → -ɂd-;
-ḍb- → -bḍ-; -ḍb̃- → -r̃b̃-; -ḍj- → -ñj-; -ḍg- → -gḍ-; -ḍq- → -ɂḍ-;
-jb̃- → -gb̃-; -j + any other stop, including aspirated ones and ɂ → --;
-gj- → -ñj-; -gq- → -qq-.

All combinations with b as the first consonant, all other ones involving glottal stops and q (lenited to a glottal stop before other plosives), as well as -b̃d-, -b̃g-, -gb-, -gb̃-, -gd- and -gḍ- remain unchanged.

h and fortify preceding plosives (except ɂ), turning them into aspirated ones; -Ch- results in an aspirate, while -Cḫ- in a geminated and aspirated plosive (e.g. śud-ḫanaśuddhana "rule"; nisakh-ḫamfanisakkhamfa "conlang"). The sequences -ɂh- and -ɂḫ- both result in -ḫḫ-.

h changes to in front of linguolabials; the sequence -hh- changes to -hl-.

Sibilants trigger various different changes:

  • Among themselves, -s s- remains ss (but simplified to s if the latter is followed by a consonant other than y), but any other combination becomes kṣ;
  • , if followed by a dental stop, turns it into or ṭh according to aspiration;
  • s or ś plus any voiced stop, or followed by any non-dental/retroflex voiced stop, disappear but synchronically lengthen the previous vowel;
  • Coronal stops followed by or ś result in a palatal affricate;
  • All sibilants become r in front of q.

In internal saṃdhi, doubled stops are degeminated (like -mpp- > -mp-).

Doubling saṃdhi

In a few cases of consonant doubling due to saṃdhi, there are irregular results:

  • -yy- → -jñ-;
    • This also applies to instances of -aiy-, which become -ājñ-;
  • -vv- → -bb-;
    • Similarly to the preceding change, -auv- becomes -ābb-;
  • -rr- → -hr-.

Epenthetic vowels

Epenthetic vowels are usually discussed together with saṃdhi. They are often used in verbal conjugations, as no Dundulanyä word may end in two consonants. The epenthetic vowel used depends on the preceding consonant:

  • u is inserted after labials and linguolabials;
  • i is inserted after palatals;
  • a is inserted after all other consonants.

Note that y, v, and r in these cases turn into the corresponding vowels i, u, and .

Saṃdhi in consonant stems

Consonant stem nouns ending in a sonorant (i.e. m-stem, n-stem and l-stem nouns) undergo special saṃdhi processes if the final -a- is preceded by a -CR- cluster, where R is any sonorant.

All such nouns are reconstructed as having a syllabic consonant in Pre-Dundulanyä (PreD), but such syllabic consonants - m̥, n̥ and l̥ - are no longer found in Dundulanyä:

  • -Cna- and -Cma- nouns have their oblique stem in -Ca- (through intermediate *-Cn̥-, *-Cm̥-), e.g. yasmam "tooth" → oblique stem yasam- (PreD *yasm̥m-), whence e.g. ergative yasamē;
  • -Cla- nouns have their oblique stem in -Cṛ- (through intermediate *-Cl̥-), e.g. sislam "door" → oblique stem sisṛm- (PreD *sisl̥m-), whence e.g. accusative sisṛmat.

Such stems are also used in derivational morphology, see e.g. prāsisṛmapa (backyard) for an example with the root sislam.

Writing system (gūstyeṣa)

Dundulanyä has been written since the early 2nd millennium in an abugida called dundulanyä gūstyeṣafa or dundulanyä gūstyeṣarān ("Dundulanyä script", the noun gūstyeṣa is actually a collective derivation from gūstya "character", ultimately from the root √gos- "to cut"), developed with influence of the Lannä script. Quite interestingly, while in the earliest forms of the Lannä script adapted for Dundulanyä there are diacritics and derived forms, some of those were later replaced by apparent ex nihilo new characters: as Dundulanyä has 43 consonant phonemes compared to the mere 19 of Lannä, it is clear by comparing different stages of the writing system that the disambiguation of different consonants through shapes and not just diacritics has been the main factor causing the script to change.
The orthography for Dundulanyä represents how it was pronounced in Classical times, but it is completely regular to read in all present-day local pronunciations, despite variations, especially for the letters ḍ, ḍh and q and the diphthongs ai and au.

The Dundulanyä alphabet is distinguished by a large number of curved letter forms, arising from the need of limiting horizontal lines as much as possible in order to avoid tearing the leaves on which early writers wrote. A few glyphs have diagonal or vertical lines, but in pre-typewriting times there was a tendency to have them slightly curved; however, horizontal lines are today found in the exclamation and question marks (which are early modern inventions) and in mathematical symbols; the vikṣecūlte, or inherent-vowel-cancelling sign, is also nowadays often represented as a horizontal stroke under the consonant, following the most common handwriting styles; however, formerly it was (and formally still is) written as a subscript circumflex.

Being an abugida, vowels (including diphthongs) are mainly represented by diacritics written by the consonant they come after (some vowel diacritics, however, are actually written before the consonant they are tied to); a is however inherent in any consonant and therefore does not need a diacritic sign. Consonant clusters are usually representing by stacking the consonants on one another (with those that appear under the main consonant sometimes being simplified), but a few consonants such as r and l have simplified combining forms. The consonant is written with diacritics and can't appear alone. There are also special forms for final -m, -t, -k, and -h due to their commonness; other consonants without inherent vowels have to be written with a diacritic sign called vikṣecūlte (deleter), which has the form of a subscript circumflex or, most commonly, subscript horizontal stroke, or as conjunct consonants.

The romanization used for Dundulanyä represents each phoneme via a single character or digraph, but it stays as close as possible to the native script. Aspirated stops and diphthongs are romanized as digraphs and not by single letters; geminate letters, which are represented with a diacritic in the native script, are romanized by writing the consonant twice - in the aspirated stops, only the first letter is written twice, so /ppʰ/ is pph and not *phph.

Romanization table in native alphabetical order, grouping consonants in laḫlai (groups) as done in native analyses:

Consonants
cihelaḫla
(labials)
m p ph b bh f v
/m/ /p/ /pʰ/ /b/ /bʱ/ /ɸ/ /ʋ/
glipicihelaḫla
(linguolabials)
p̃h b̃h
/n̼/ /t̼/ /t̼ʰ/ /d̼/ /d̼ʱ/ /ɹ̼/
yasaṃlaḫla
(dentals)
n t th d dh s l
/n/ /t̪/ /t̪ʰ/ /d̪/ /d̪ʱ/ /s/ /l/
fultalaḫla
(retroflexes)
ṭh ḍh
/ɳ/ /ʈ/ /ʈʰ/ /ɖ/ /ɖʱ/ /ʂ/
nihāsvulaḫla
(palatals)
ñ c ch j jh ś y
/ɲ/ /c͡ɕ/ /c͡ɕʰ/ /ɟ͡ʑ/ /ɟ͡ʑʱ/ /ɕ/ /j/
bhyuḍvīlaḫla
(velars)
k kh g gh
/ŋ/ /k/ /kʰ/ /ɡ/ /ɡʱ/
diṇḍhalaḫla
(laryngeals)
ɂ q h r
/◌̃/ /ʔ/ /ɢ/ /ɦ/ /ħ/ /ʀ/

Morphology (hufāmvailaḫlana)

Dundulanyä is a highly inflected language with a synthetic morphology. Five parts of speech are traditionally distinguished: nouns, verbs, pronouns and correlatives, numerals, and particles.

Dundulanyä inflectional morphology is almost entirely suffixing, save for a system of apophony (ablaut) and a marginal number of inflectional prefixes, mostly in verbs. Derivational morphology, on the other hand, employs up to four different strategies: suffixes, prefixes, and to a lesser extent circumfixes and infixes, or the combination of more or them, as well as eventually ablaut on top of that.

Ablaut (camiyāṃsachiṣa)

Dundulanyä is characterized by a complex system of vowel alternations (apophony, in Dundulanyä camiyāṃsachiṣa, literally "vowel stairs") that was inherited from its proto-language. There are, depending on definition, either nine or twelve ablaut patterns, which Dundulanyä verbal roots may belong to, in addition to those that do not undergo ablaut. The overwhelming majority of Dundulanyä verbal roots are monosyllabic, and the few bi- or polysyllabic ones are all non-ablauting.

Each root has three different grades: the middle grade, citation form of roots, is called būcūya (from √būc- "flat"); the zero grade (or lower grade) is called ślūtya (literally "remnant", from √ślo- "to be left"), while the higher grade is called udhyukṣṇise (literally "grown within").

Nominal examples:

  • class I root √bhaṭ- (zero abḍh-; higher bhāṭ-) bhaṭuṣa (bhaṭ-uṣ-) "expansion": ABS bhaṭuṣa, ERG bhaṭuṣē, DAT abḍhoṣak, LOC abḍhoṣā, LOC.PL abḍhauṣän
  • class II root √deh- (zero dih-, higher daih-): dehuṣa (deh-uṣ-) "usage": ABS dehuṣa, ERG dehuṣē, DAT dihoṣak, LOC dihoṣā, LOC.PL dihauṣän
  • class I root √haf-, synchronically irregular (zero iṣf-; higher hāf-): hāṅka (haf-n-ka- < *śǝ́f-ṇ-ko-) "socket": ABS hāṅka, ERG hāṅkē, DAT iṣfaṅkak, LOC iṣfaṅkā, LOC.PL iṣfāṅkän

A substantial part of nouns in Dundulanyä is derived from verbal roots, and these may have ablaut patterns throughout their declension as in the examples above, or the derivational suffix may require the root to be in a certain ablaut grade (which is then a fixed stem throughout the declension). However, as a general rule, the majority of nouns relating to flora, fauna, and many elements of the natural world are not formed from verbal roots and do not show ablaut.

Dundulanyä roots belong to one out of nine classes (eight ablaut classes or non-ablauting), called dhoptai (sg. dhopta):

Class
dhopta[2]
Zero grade
ślūtya
Middle grade
būcūya
Higher grade
udhyukṣṇise
0 no ablaut
I a ā
II i
ī (CV- roots)
e ai
III u
ū (CV- roots)
o au
IV ar ār
V i ä ē
VI ya i ī
VII va u ū
VIII ra

The majority of roots belongs to either the 0 class, or to classes II to IV. Other classes are much rarer, with V and especially VIII being the least common overall. Many class I roots have a sonorant such as l, m or n (rarely other nasals), continuing formations parallel to class IV in reconstructed Pre-Dundulanyä.

Class I roots may, due to their shape, be further simplified in the zero-grade; see haf-, zero-grade iṣf- "to insert, fill" or rañj-, zero-grade ṛj- "to name, identify"; some others have a short vowel in the zero-grade and a long vowel in the (identical) middle- and higher-grade forms, as with sākh- (zero-grade sakh-, higher-grade sākh-) "to prepare"[3]. Due to regular saṃdhi, class I roots with ya or va have i or u respectively in the zero-grade, see e.g. yam- "to eat", zero-grade im-.

Some class VI and VII roots may have consonant changes caused by saṃdhi; furthermore, there are a few irregular class II and III roots which have a long vowel in the zero grade form even if they are not of CV shape; see e.g. lobh- "to write" with the long zero grade lūbh-. Class III roots with the -vo- sequence in the middle grade (citation form) reduce it to -ū- in any case in the zero grade, as in tvorg- "to fear" with the zero grade tūrg-.

Nouns (rāñjiḫi)

The Dundulanyä noun (rañjiḫe, pl. rāñjiḫi) is highly inflected - it declines for:

  • Three numbers (smuḍai):
Singular (emibundīra smuḍa)
Dual (rirändīra smuḍa)
Plural (tailindīra smuḍa)
  • Nine cases (dirūṃrūkṣāri):
Direct (drādhūṅga dirūṃrūkṣah)
Vocative (ṛjadīra dirūṃrūkṣah)
Ergative (drīyadīra dirūṃrūkṣah)
Accusative (darūltuṅga dirūṃrūkṣah)
Dative (mälindīra dirūṃrūkṣah)
Ablative (smrāṇuṅga dirūṃrūkṣah)
Locative (tadyapadīra dirūṃrūkṣah)
Essive (jalīndīra dirūṃrūkṣah)
Instrumental (dṛvundīra dirūṃrūkṣah)

There are a few nouns which lack number; a few are singularia tantum and lack a plural (e.g. tambīya "lips"), other ones are plural only - most notably including all ethnicities, whose singular form is analytical, made by using the bound form (see below) to the word lila (person), e.g. dundulanyä lilarān (a Dundulanyä).

The consensus among linguists is that Dundulanyä does not have grammatical gender or noun classes; however, it should be noted that natural gender is shown on some nouns referring to humans, and furthermore there are some verbs that have a complementary distribution - most notably the existential "to be" - where one verb can only be used for inanimate subjects and another only for animate ones; in a few cases, the animate "class" is also split between humans and non-humans. None of this, however, is reflected in morphology.

Dundulanyä nouns are complex, due to the existence of multiple declension patterns. They are primarily categorized by whether they refer to nouns that undergo ablaut or not; secondarily, they are categorized by their stem type.

Ablauting declensions are all unproductive (although some of the derivational suffixes that form ablauting nouns are still productive) and include the following ones:

  • Root nouns
  • -e declension
  • -a declension
  • Zero-ending nouns with vowel suffixes (-u, -i, -ṛ).

Except for root nouns, ablauting nouns are formed by a root and a suffix, and ablaut alternates between them. Many such suffixes are derivational and productive, but some are no longer productive and limited to a small number of terms (such as -in- forming certain male kinship terms). In a few cases, the suffix may actually be an infix, such as the (non-productive) one in the word lorbhe "stele", ultimately from the root lobh- "to write" (cf. direct singular lorbhe but locative singular lūrabhā, dative plural lūrābhumi).

Non-ablauting declensions are the following ones:

  • -e declension (first consonant stem declension)
  • Zero-ending nouns with stems ending in liquids (-l or -r), nasals (-m or -n) or the glottal stop (-h) (second consonant stem declension). Nouns belonging to this declension have a prop vowel -a- in their citation form; nouns with other vowels belong to the first consonant stem declension (and end in -e in their citation form), cf. second declension glūḫam (glūḫ-(a)m-) vs. first declension kämbune "berry" (kämbun-). This is because liquids and nasals could be syllabic in Dundulanyä's ancestor language, but among them only r/ remains as a consonant/vowel pair in Dundulanyä itself.
  • Nouns with vowel-final stems.
    • The extremely common -a declension is a particular case, as it behaves in some forms like a consonant stem declension, and like a vowel stem in others. Both for ablauting and non-ablauting declensions, -a and -e declensions most likely marked some kind of noun class distinction in the proto-language, which has been lost in the evolution of what became Dundulanyä.

Bound forms

Dundulanyä nouns have a further, non-case form, which is called the bound form (avraḍūrūkṣah, pl. avraḍūrūkṣāri) by native grammarians. For nouns whose stems end in vowels, it is usually identical to the direct case; for other nouns, it is usually the endingless stem (with some exceptions). It is used when the noun is the possessor (a form syntactically reminescent of the Afroasiatic construct state, albeit with the roles reversed); to mark the argument governed by a positional verb; and when governed by many adpositions.

In the name of the language, dundulanyä ḫamfafa, for example, dundulanyä is a bound form that however has the same form as the direct, due to the noun having a stem ending in a vowel. Some more examples of bound forms:

  • imut naviṣyaɂe "the teacher's book", imut being the bound form of imute "teacher", and naviṣya "book" being marked with the 3SG possessive ɂe.
  • nūrī dvārmaɂe "the child's room", nūrī being the bound form of nūrya "child".
  • līv yude "3SG stands in the flat", where the positional verb yu-de- "to stand inside" requires its argument līve to be in the bound form līv.
  • tūrgib sure "without fear", where the postposition sure "without" forces the noun tūrgibe to assume its bound form tūrgib.

Declension tables

The first and second ablauting declensions have the same ablaut patterns, but slightly different endings; the first ablauting declension has the same endings as the (non-ablauting) first consonant stem declension, while the second the same endings as non-ablauting -a nouns (with the exception of locative singular and the singular and plural bound forms).

Root ablaut nouns have the same ablaut pattern as -i, -u, -ṛ nouns, but the endings are directly added to the root, triggering the appropriate saṃdhi changes.

Root nouns
śuṭ- (VIII)
"wind"
Singular Dual Plural
Direct śūṭ śuṭve śūṭi
Vocative
Ergative śūṭē śuṭyat śvaṭām
Accusative śūṭ śuṭṭha śvaṭaih
Dative śuk śuṭma śvaṭmi
Ablative śuṭū śucu śvaṭṇī
Locative śuṭā śuṭhe śvaṭän
Essive śuṭī śvaṭoṭu
Instrumental śuṭāl śvaṭṇīka
Bound form śūṭ śuṭu śūṭī

1st ablauting declension (-e)
helk-iḫ-
"hue, shade"
Singular Dual Plural
Direct helkiḫe helkiḫive hailkiḫi
Vocative hailkiḫ
Ergative helkiḫē helkiḫīyat hilkeḫām
Accusative helkiḫat helkiḫītha hilkeḫaih
Dative hilkeḫak helkiḫīma hilkaiḫumi
Ablative hilkeḫū helkiḫeṣu hilkaiḫenī
Locative hilkeḫā helkiḫehe hilkaiḫän
Essive hilkeḫī hilkaiḫoṭu
Instrumental hilkeḫāl hilkaiḫenīka
Bound form helkiḫ helkiḫiv hailkiḫ

2nd ablauting declension (-a)
kor-uṣ-
"vote"
Singular Dual Plural
Direct koruṣa koruṣeve kauruṣai
Vocative kauruṣ
Ergative koruṣē koruṣīyat kuroṣām
Accusative koruṣat koruṣītha kuroṣaih
Dative kuroṣak koruṣāma kurauṣumi
Ablative kuroṣū koruṣeṣu kurauṣenī
Locative kuroṣā koruṣehe kurauṣän
Essive kuroṣī kurauṣoṭu
Instrumental kuroṣāl kurauṣenīka
Bound form koruṣ koruṣev kauruṣa

Ablauting nouns ending in -i, -u, -ṛ are mainly distinguished by having different ablaut patterns from other ablauting nouns. -ṛ nouns are extremely rare, and only three such nouns figure among the general usage vocabulary: khaikṛ (II) "goose", gāṃsṛ "passage, ford" (I, with the synchronically irregular zero grade gas-), and mētṛ (V) "vessel, pot, cooking pot".

Ablauting nouns in -i
mārj-i
"needle"
Singular Dual Plural
Direct mārji marjeve mārjī
Vocative
Ergative mārjē marjeyat mṛjāyam
Accusative mārjit marjetha mṛjāyaih
Dative marjek marjema mṛjaimi
Ablative marjayū marjeṣu mṛjainī
Locative marjayā marjehe mṛjāyän
Essive marjayī mṛjāyoṭu
Instrumental marjayāl mṛjainīka
Bound form mārji marjev mārjī

Ablauting nouns in -u
p̃aiṣ-u
"son"
Singular Dual Plural
Direct p̃aiṣu p̃eṣove p̃aiṣū
Vocative
Ergative p̃aiṣvē p̃eṣoyat p̃iṣāvam
Accusative p̃aiṣut p̃eṣotha p̃iṣāvaih
Dative p̃eṣok p̃eṣoma p̃iṣaumi
Ablative p̃eṣavū p̃eṣoṣu p̃iṣaunī
Locative p̃eṣavā p̃eṣohe p̃iṣāvän
Essive p̃eṣavī p̃iṣāvoṭu
Instrumental p̃eṣavāl p̃iṣaunīka
Bound form p̃aiṣu p̃eṣov p̃aiṣū

Ablauting nouns in -ṛ
khaik-ṛ
"goose"
Singular Dual Plural
Direct khaikṛ khekarve khaikāri
Vocative
Ergative khaikrē khekaryat khikāram
Accusative khaikṛt
khaikaṭ1
khekartha khikāraih
Dative khekāk khekarma khikārmi
Ablative khekarū khekarṣu khikārṇī
Locative khekarā khekarhe khikārän
Essive khekarī khikāroṭu
Instrumental khekarāl khikārṇīka
Bound form khaikṛ khekaru khaikāh2

  1. The form in -ṛt is from Classical Dundulanyä and is preferred in formal usage, especially in writing; the form in -aṭ, taken from the corresponding non-ablauting paradigm, is however more commonly used.
  2. The underlying form is -ār.

Non-ablauting consonant stem 1st declension
imut-
"teacher"
Singular Dual Plural
Direct imute imutive imuti
Vocative imut
Ergative imutē imutīyat imutām
Accusative imutat imutītha imutaih
Dative imutak imutīma imutumi
Ablative imutū imuteṣu imutenī
Locative imutā imutehe imutän
Essive imutī imutoṭu
Instrumental imutāl imutenīka
Bound form imut imutiv imutī

Non-ablauting consonant stem 2nd decl. (glottal)[4]
nād-(a)ɂ-
"leg"
Singular Dual Plural
Direct nādah nādēve nādai
Vocative
Ergative nādē nādeɂat nādaɂām
Accusative nādāt nādētha nādaih
Dative nādā nādaima nādūmi
Ablative nādū nādēṣu nādēnī
Locative nādā nādēhe nādän
Essive nādī nādāṭu
Instrumental nādāl nādānīka
Bound form nādah nādēv nādē

Non-ablauting -a stems
buney-a
"(female's) older sister"
Singular Dual Plural
Direct buneya buneyeve buneyai
Vocative bunī1
Ergative buneyē buneyīyat buneyām
Accusative buneyat buneyītha buneyaih
Dative buneyak buneyāma buneyumi
Ablative buneyū buneyeṣu buneyenī
Locative buneyā buneyehe buneyän
Essive buneyī buneyoṭu
Instrumental buneyāl buneyanīka
Bound form buneya buneyev buneye

  1. Morphemically buney-, as the vocative of -a nouns is the stem without the final -a; as per regular saṃdhi, syllable-final ey becomes ī.

The following declensions - -i, -u, -o, -e, -ä have their final vowel as part of the stem, and it is regularly kept throughout the declension. -e stems are therefore different from the consonant stems (which end in -e in their citation form), but are a very small number of nouns, mainly proper nouns[5] (as are, furthermore, nearly all -o stems; p̃op̃o "face" is the only o-stem noun in common vocabulary).

Non-ablauting -i stems
ilūvi-
"girl"
Singular Dual Plural
Direct ilūvi ilūvīve ilūvī
Vocative
Ergative ilūvyē ilūvīyat ilūvyām
Accusative ilūvit ilūvītha ilūvyaih
Dative ilūvik ilūvīma ilūvyumi
Ablative ilūvyū ilūviṣu ilūvinī
Locative ilūvyā ilūvihe ilūvyän
Essive ilūvī ilūvyoṭu
Instrumental ilūvīl ilūvinīka
Bound form ilūvi ilūvīv ilūvī

Non-ablauting -u stems
kulāru-
"frog"
Singular Dual Plural
Direct kulāru kulārūve kulārū
Vocative
Ergative kulārvē kulārūyat kulārvām
Accusative kulārut kulārūtha kulārvaih
Dative kulāruk kulārūma kulārūmi
Ablative kulārū kulāruṣu kulārunī
Locative kulārvā kulāruhe kulārvän
Essive kulāruvī kulārvoṭu
Instrumental kulārūl kulārunīka
Bound form kulāru kulārūv kulārū

Non-ablauting -o stems
p̃op̃o-
"face"
Singular Dual Plural
Direct p̃op̃o p̃op̃ove p̃op̃avi
Vocative
Ergative p̃op̃avē p̃op̃oyat p̃op̃avām
Accusative p̃op̃ot p̃op̃otha p̃op̃avaih
Dative p̃op̃ok p̃op̃oma p̃op̃avumi
Ablative p̃op̃avū p̃op̃oṣu p̃op̃onī
Locative p̃op̃avā p̃op̃ohe p̃op̃avän
Essive p̃op̃avī p̃op̃avoṭu
Instrumental p̃op̃ol p̃op̃onīka
Bound form p̃op̃o p̃op̃ov p̃op̃avi

Non-ablauting -e stems
eme-
"star"
Singular Dual Plural
Direct eme emeve emayi
Vocative
Ergative emayē emeyat emayām
Accusative emet emetha emayaih
Dative emek emema emayumi
Ablative emayū emeṣu emenī
Locative emayā emehe emayän
Essive emayī emayoṭu
Instrumental emēl emenīka
Bound form eme emev emayi

Non-ablauting stems
śośä-
(hare- or rabbit-like animal)
Singular Dual Plural
Direct śośä śośäve śośä
Vocative
Ergative śośäyē śośäyat śośām
Accusative śośät śośätha śośaih
Dative śośäk śośäma śośumi
Ablative śośä śośäṣu śośänī
Locative śośähe śośän
Essive śośäṭu
Instrumental śośäl śośänīka
Bound form śośäv śośä1


Dundulanyä nouns generally do not end in long vowels; the few exceptions that do (generally of onomatopoeic or baby talk origin) are treated as irregular nouns. The most common nouns ending in long vowels are certainly amamū "mother" and atabū (or batū) "father", which (due to regular saṃdhi) have ūv before vocalic endings (e.g. ergative plural amamūvām), but an irregular direct plural in -ūv-i, i.e. amamūvi, atabūvi, batūvi.

The -ṛ declension diverges from those ending in other vowels in various forms, such as the direct singular, where nouns end in -ah (-ar, reduced to the corresponding soft consonant) instead of the simple vowel -ṛ; their lemma form is in fact identical in shape to -ah nouns, although adding particles reveals the true nature of the final consonant (cf. ñältah, ñältahbu "sister, my sister"; śuthah, śutharbu "husband, my husband"; ñältahin śutharin "either [the] sister or [the] husband").

-ai nouns and the much rarer -au nouns are variants of the -i and -u declensions respectively: these nouns end in -ā-i and -ā-u and are otherwise regularly declined. Due to saṃdhi, there is, however, more case syncretism than in the normal declensions. While these nouns are somewhat rare in the general lexicon, quite a few of them are basic lexical items and therefore often used, such as mbai "bread", junai "foot", lunai "tea", lanai "island", havau "gold" or prānilau "tomorrow" (the latter an irregular derivation).

Non-ablauting -ṛ stems
śuthṛ-
"husband"
Singular Dual Plural
Direct śuthah1 śuthṛve śuthāri
Vocative śuthāh1
Ergative śuthrē śuthrīyat śuthrām
Accusative śuthaṭ śuthṝtha śuthraih
Dative śuthṛk śuthṝma śuthrūmi
Ablative śuthrū śuthṝṣu śuthṝnī
Locative śuthrā śuthṝhe śuthrän
Essive śuthrī śuthroṭu
Instrumental śuthṝl śuthṝnīka
Bound form śuthah1 śuthru śuthāh1

-ai stems
lanai
"island"
Singular Dual Plural
Direct lanai lanaive lanai
Vocative
Ergative lanāyē lanājñat lanāyām
Accusative lanait lanaitha lanāyaih
Dative lanaik lanaima lanāyumi
Ablative lanāyū lanaiṣu lanainī
Locative lanāyā lanaihe lanāyän
Essive lanai lanāyoṭu
Instrumental lanail lanainīka
Bound form lanaiv lanai

Table notes:

  1. The underlying form of the final consonant of the direct and vocative singular, as well as singular and plural bound forms, is -r.

Singularia and pluralia tantum

Pluralia tantum in Dundulanyä include the following nouns or categories of words:

  1. many collective nouns:
    sūmi "hair", kāraṇḍhai "guts", rälsi "limbs", padagṇyauṣi "sons and daughters", gauṃsiḫi "cutlery", lampai "dishes, dishware"
  2. things that are heterogeneous in form but considered as a single entity:
    katanai "clutter", dūḍhvi "banquet, buffet"; frāṇagi (a type of sandals made from straw rope), kuntilatiri "streaming"[6], läjñyai "magic", ucururai "savings", rudhmai "resin", ḍotvi "fat", prāvṛḍḍi "controller"
  3. certain actions and processes that involve multiple people:
    vāb̃nīyai "elections", viṣlāviḫi "protest, riot", lipmūyai "traffic jam", kardātatalavibi "hide-and-seek" (sometimes also found as dual)
  4. nouns denoting certain time spans, festivals, or holidays:
    saṃlallai "afternoon", Bhartośāvi (the most important Yunyalīlti festivity); Kūlḫanari (a winter festival of Kenengyry origin)
  5. a few illnesses and health conditions or disorders:
    norganai "urticaria", udhilelnai "autism", percibrāḍai "influenza"
  6. some locations, including large delimited areas, as well as many toponyms:
    ābābi "square", cadātāyi "tropics"
    Mūnnakṣalti, Anābāndirai
  7. all ethnonyms:
    dundulanyä "Dundulanyä", ṣurṭāgi "Skyrdegan(s)", tayubeśī "Toyubeshians", laḫābī "Laḫobs"

A few nouns do not have a singular, but can have a dual and a plural form. Their citation form is usually the dual:

maihādhūve "parents", kardātatalavibive "hide-and-seek" (most commonly a plurale tantum)

Counted among pluralia tantum are certain words which are not defective in number, but whose plural forms have an additional meaning alongside the one of the singular form, like in the following examples:

hamvilti "nursery" (hamvilte "cradle"), īskāvidai "playground" (īskāvida "swing"), utofi "clothes" (utofe "cloth"), garaṇai "clock, watch" (garaṇa "hour"), anutū "universe" (anutu "space, invisible sky").

Unlike ethnonyms, nouns formed with the suffix -ulu, often identifying a person from a certain place (e.g. lailulu, naṅgaśaurulu) are not pluralia tantum and have regularly-formed plurals (in -ulū).

Some words are singularia tantum:

  1. many collective nouns:
    śvaṅga "money", b̃amu "breasts [pair of]", sājābe "leafy greens" (and particular types, e.g. mädisa "spinach"), ṭēmba "legumes" (and particular types, e.g. dīlla "peas", āśah "lentils"), mugba "cereals", javata "free time"
  2. feelings and sensations:
    lāca "romantic love", ṭärṇa "fun", välna "sadness"
  3. nouns denoting certain uncountable things:
    paɂe "dust", iḫare "spices", ḍaṃla "ice", m̃āku "ash"
  4. certain illnesses and health conditions:
    khuṃɂanūkare "blue plague", khoppuḍu "cough" (cf. pluralizable khoptya "a single instance of coughing"), loviśñīya "runny nose"
  5. proper nouns referring to certain concepts:
    yunya, mīmamvīsidam "Dundulanyä-Skyrdagor 'Internet'";
    individual sports, such as teyakaitsu or yalkatūfa
    cardinal points (anūṭa "north", prādauna "south", nilāḍa "east", śusopa "west"[7], as well as intercardinal directions, half and quarter-winds), including relative ones such as e.g. prābuñjña "upstream", sambuñjña "downstream";
    musical genres, such as nāsibe, ḍāfukulebe
    specialistic terminology made with suffixes (or compounds) related to science (-śodda, -yuhlä), diseases (-nūkare, -hūttlä), and political/philosophical currents (-kumāṣa)
  6. most toponyms:
    Laḫduliśūse "the Confederation", Lusaṃrīte, Ṣurṭāgah "Skyrdagor", Lāltaṣveya, Naṅgaśūra, Dändämämine

Irregular vocatives

A few very common words (mostly kinship terms) have irregular vocative forms:

  • ñältah "(male's) sister" — ñäli or ñäl
  • glūḫam "(female's) brother" — galū or glū
  • kālike "(female's) younger sister" — kāl or kālli or kalli
  • praśke "(male's) older brother" — pāśi
  • amamū "mother" — or māmu
  • atabū or batū "father" — or bābu

Irregular nouns

A few Dundulanyä nouns are irregular (outside of the few vocatives in the section above). Most of them are suppletive in the plural, or have irregular stems:

  • As mentioned above, a few irregular nouns end in long vowels; the most common ones are amamū "mother", atabū and batū (both "father"). These behave mostly as -u stem nouns and have, due to regular saṃdhi, ūv- before vocalic endings, except for having an irregular direct, vocative and bound form plural in -ūvi (amamūvi, atabūvi, batūvi).
  • huline "woman" has the suppletive plural hulūni (regularly declined); its general combining stem is hulun- (although in some cases hulin- is also found)[8].
  • svo, the most common honorific, is most commonly used as an indeclinable adpositive title before the noun it refers to; however, it may used as a standalone noun, in which case it behaves as an -o stem noun except before vocalic endings, where it has the stem svom- instead of the expected *svav-; the irregular behaviour is due to it being a shortening of the original honorific svomardam, already found in both full and shortened forms in Classical Dundulanyä.
  • irāḍe "animal (including humans)" is a consonant stem noun in the singular and dual, but declines as an -a stem noun in the plural, i.e. direct pl. irāḍai.

Use of the plural

Dundulanyä sometimes uses the singular in contexts where English uses the plural:

  • Nouns are always singular after numerals (except, optionally, rirä (two), which they can also be dual after), sora (some), grāṇa (any), idu (no), idūṣam (no other), taili (many, much), didya (more), kaili (most), and ṣubha (few, little).
    • After yaiva, the difference in the noun's number expresses a distinction much like the one between English "every" and "all": yaiva täte "every house", yaiva täti "all houses".
  • When referring to existence or availability of something, that something is always singular, e.g. the essive sg. of nikoṅka "chair" in dvārma nikūvaṅkī taisa "there are chairs in the room". It may be plural if topicalized, but the overall meaning of the sentence changes - e.g. nikauṅkai ba dvārma taisa "the chairs are in the room".
  • When referring to a single person, häɂli (hand), meśiḫe (eye), and p̃agu (ear), and often also junai (foot) (more rarely for nādah (leg) and m̃ukar̃e (arm)) are typically singular and not dual - e.g. ānū miśeḫī meśah "I see it with my eyes" (lit. "with my eye"). In fact, they might be translated as "a person's hands/eyes/ears", given that dual forms are often used to mean e.g. "both hands of two people" and the plural ones for e.g. "many people's hands".
  • junēlte (indoor slippers), rapūda ((thick) shoes), mähṣa (boots), and all types of shoes are also used in the singular to refer to a pair of them. The main exception is frāṇagi (straw rope sandals), which is a plurale tantum.

Duals and plurals of given names have the meaning of an associative plural, i.e. marking a group of two (dual) or more (plural) people contextually identified by some kind of relationship to the person the name refers to, such as e.g. "X and friends; X and family; X and partner..."; cf. Kālomīyayi "Kālomīye and people in/of her group".

Pronouns (śidrāñjiḫi)

The system of personal pronouns of both Classical and contemporary Dundulanyä is quite complex due to the honorific system. In modern Dundulanyä, the category of "pronouns" isn't actually syntactically differentiated from other nouns (except for being used anaphorically), to the point that, aside for a small number of "morphological" pronouns, which are usually neutral or informal, the pronominal system includes many possibilities of expressing referents in all persons. Dundulanyä pronouns are, in fact, an open class.

The main reason for the complexity of the pronominal system is that there are many possible variants for each person, depending on the formality of the context, the two-way rank difference between speaker and listener, or the three-way rank difference between the speaker, the listener, and the addressee. Some particular forms are also chosen depending on gender.

The fact that there is no syntactical difference between the morphological pronouns and those that are nouns also means that every word used pronominally, including given names, requires that person's verbal concord, i.e. a given name used as a second-person pronoun will be used in concordance with a second-person verb. Honorific adpositions (most notably svo) used together with pronouns do not decline; the title or given name used with them declines instead.

Personal pronouns

First- and second-person pronouns have the same declension as nouns, although with the peculiarity of having neither a vocative nor a bound form and having the same form in the direct and ergative cases, as well as sporadic contractions in a few forms. In the traditional analysis, the singular is taken as the root and it is considered to be a nominal with suppletive stems in the dual and plural.

First person (√yuna)
Singular Dual Plural
Direct-Ergative yuna amūve yunai1
Accusative yunat amūtha2 yunaih
Dative yunak amūvāma yunumi
Ablative yunū amūveṣu yunenī
Locative yunā amūvehe yunyän
Essive yunī yunoṭu
Instrumental amūvāl yunanīka
Fused copular form yūga amūga yunai ga /
īnega

Second person (√kata)
Singular Dual Plural
Direct-Ergative kata kotve cītai
Accusative katat kotūtha cītaih
Dative katak kotvāma cītumi
Ablative katū kotveṣu cītenī
Locative katā kotvehe cītyän
Essive katī cītoṭu
Instrumental kotvāl cītanīka
Fused copular form kaṅga kotūga cītai ga /
cīṅga

Table notes:

  1. Also īnai, especially used in poetry; the same stem is therefore found for all other forms (īnaih, īnumi, īnenī, etc.).
  2. In older Dundulanyä amūvītha.

The reflexive pronoun śaṃḫe is actually a contraction of śaniḫe, meaning "soul" (from √śan- "to breathe); in post-Classical Dundulanyä, the two originally interchangeable forms became specialized, with the contracted form being used as a pronoun and the full one as a noun.
Being a contracted form of a 1st ablaut declension noun, it regularly follows that declension (all the forms where the root is in the zero grade, as well as the singular and plural bound forms, are identical to the declined forms of śaniḫe):

śaṃḫe (śan-iḫ-) "oneself"
Singular Dual Plural
Direct śaṃḫe śaṃḫive śāṃḫi
Ergative śaṃḫē śaṃḫīyat śñeḫām
Accusative śaṃḫat śaṃḫītha śñeḫaih
Dative śñeḫak śaṃḫīma śñaiḫumi
Ablative śñeḫū śaṃḫeṣu śñaiḫenī
Locative śñeḫā śaṃḫehe śñaiḫän
Essive śñeḫī śñaiḫoṭu
Instrumental śñeḫāl śñaiḫenīka
Bound form śaniḫ śaṃḫiv śāniḫ

Possessive suffixes

Each person has its respective possessive suffix, which are clitics mostly used to denote possession on nouns.

Personal markers
1SG 2SG 3SG 1DU 2DU 3DU 1PL 2PL 3PL
-bu -ya -ɂe -bin -sin -hin -fa -yo -rān

Possessive suffixes are added to the head of the noun phrase (Dundulanyä does not have Suffixaufnahme), after any case ending but before any conjunctional clitic:

ñältah; ñältahbu "sister; my sister"
nādaśrūṣeya cända itta nādaśrūṣeɂe śyūda. "Your (sg.) bike is orange, while his/her bike is black."
āyome ga tūfabu tūfayaś? "Is that my ball or your ball?"
naviṣyayäh hiyome ga padacyūsebu. "This is my favourite book." (lit.: "among books, this is my favourite")

An explicit possessor is marked used the bound form (typically together with third person clitics, but not exclusively):

imut nādaśrūṣeɂe "the teacher's bike"
buneyev pūnuḍuhin "the two older sisters' jobs"
dundulanyä ḫamfafa "the Dundulanyä language" (lit.: "the language of us, the Dundulanyä")

Bound forms can also be marked with possessive clitics on their own:

imutrān nādaśrūṣeɂe "their teacher's bike"
buneyevbu pūnuḍuhin "my two older sisters' jobs"

Lists of pronouns

The following words include the personal pronouns as well as words used as pronoun equivalents, not actually distinguishable from the personal pronouns listed above, except for the fact that the latter do not have any clear reconstructed etymology and are generally only used as pronouns. Most of them are also markedly feminine or masculine.

First person pronouns
  • yuna is the most neutral first person singular pronoun, however its neutrality makes it less preferable to other pronouns (especially in informal contexts, or formal contexts with legal difference in status) in oral speech, while it is the predominant one in written language. It is often used (reciprocally) in business settings, as well as (one-sidedly) by public officials.
  • one's given name is informally used as a pronoun; however, as the situations one would use one's own given name pronominally are generally only among friends and family, it is not the given name itself but a hypocoristic form that is used as such.
  • śaṃḫe (originally śaniḫe "soul", see above), literally meaning "[my]self", is used informally as a first person singular pronoun, and can be perceived as moderately rude when not used among close friends.
  • midū is a neutral or semi-formal pronoun generally used by males only; originally meant "servant" in a language of late classical Śubhāla, but does not carry much of a self-deprecating meaning in contemporary Dundulanyä, being instead perceived as rude in formal situations where there is a legal difference in status (as with public officials or judges). It can be used - and, indeed, usually is - by school pupils talking to their teacher and by PhD students talking to their professors (in written form, they generally refer to themselves as yuna), but is perceived as rude when used by other universitary students towards professors (in both oral and written form). It is also acceptable, and often used (especially in Jūhma) by sons towards their mothers and older female members of the family.
  • bāna (originally meaning "side") is mostly a female equivalent of midū, however, it is generally considered slightly higher, being also used in most (but not all) contexts with a legal status difference - with most public officials, but not judges - or by students towards processors, where a male would be perceived rude using midū.
  • nai (most likely a vṛddhi derivation from the root √ne- "to say") is a nearly exclusively feminine pronoun used in formal contexts by women when talking to men. The same word is also sometimes found as a second-person pronoun reciprocally used by men towards women, although most commonly with honorifics (see below).
  • nämona is a pronoun which has different connotations depending on whether it is used by women or men. As a feminine pronoun, it is quite informal and especially used by adolescent girls and older women with close friends, as an alternative to the hypocoristic given name. As a masculine pronoun, it is quite formal, having more or less the same formality as midū, but used more often with strangers.
  • cañśe is a nearly universally masculine first person pronoun which is broadly a male equivalent of nämona: it is used informally by adolescent kids and by older males in informal settings with very close (generally also male) friends, generally alternating with the hypocoristic given name; it is also quite often used by sons when speaking to older male members of the family. In Northern Lusaṃrīte and some of the outlying islands, as well as parts of the inland Śusopai (Western Lusaṃrīte), it is also used by females.
Second person pronouns
  • nai (used as a feminine first person pronoun) is used as a second person pronoun in the reverse context, in formal speech by men addressing women. Most commonly it is used in the honorific form svo nai or svo + given name + nai.

Correlatives

Dundulanyä has a fairly regular system of correlatives, distinguishing ten types (proximal, medial, distal, interrogative, negative, assertive existential, elective existential, universal, positive alternative, and negative alternative) in twelve categories (attributive, thing, person, [person or thing] owner of, time, place, destination, origin, way, reason, quality, quantity).

Category ↓ / Type → Proximal Medial Distal Interrogative Negative Ass. exist. Elect. exist. Universal Positive altern. Negative altern.
Attributive hine
this
hunu
that (near you)
āna
that (over there)
bena?
which?
idu
no
sora
some
grāṇa
any
yaiva
every(thing)
viṣam
another, other
idūṣam
no other
Thing hiyome
this one
huyome
that one (near you)
āyome
that one (over there)
beyome?
what?; which one?
idume
nothing
sorame
something
grāṇame
anything
viṣāme
something else
idūṣāme
nothing else
Person hikana
this one
hukana
that one (near you)
ākana
that one (over there)
bekana?
who?
idona
no one
sorakna
someone
grākṇa
anyone
yāyukana
everyone
viṣkaṇa
someone else
idūṣkaṇa
no one else
Owner of1 hirūm
this one's
hurūm
that one's (near you)
ārūm
that one's (over there)
berūm?
whose?
idurūm
no one's
sohrūm
someone's
grāṃrūm
anyone's
yāyurūm
everyone's
viṣrūm
someone else's
idūṣrūm
no one else's
Time hivet
now
huvet
then
āvet
then (remote)
bevet?
when?
iduvet
never
sorvet
sometime, somewhen
grāmvet
anytime, whenever
yāyuvet
always, everytime
viṣvet
sometime else
idūṣvet
never else
Place hiyo
here
huyo
there
āyo
over there
beyo?
where?
iduyo
nowhere
sorayo
somewhere
grāṇyo
anywhere
yaivyo
everywhere
viṣayo
elsewhere
idūṣayo
nowhere else
Destination hiyāk
hither
huyāk
thither
āyāk
thither (remote)
beyāk?
whither?
idvāk
nowhither
sorayāk
somewhither
grāṇyāk
anywhither
yaivyāk
everywhither
viṣayāk
elsewhither
idūṣayāk
nowhither else
Source hiyau
hence
huyau
thence
āyau
thence (remote)
beyau?
whence?
idvau
nowhence
sorayau
somewhence
grāṇyau
anywhence
yaivyau
everywhence
viṣayau
elsewhence
idūṣayau
nowhence else
Manner hilīce
thus, hereby
hulīce
thereby
ālīce
thereby; that other way
belīce?
how?
idulīce
no way
soralīce
somehow
grāṃlīce
anyhow
yāyulīce
everyway
viṣlīce
otherwise
idūṣlīce
no other way
Reason himena
herefore
humena
therefore
āmena
therefore; for that other reason
bemena?
why?
idumena
for no reason
soramena
somewhy
grāmena
whyever, for any reason
yāyumena
for every reason
viṣmena
for another reason
idūṣmena
for no other reason
Quality hismā
this kind
husmā
that kind
āsmā
that other kind
besmā?
which kind?
idusmā
no kind
sorasmā
some kind
grāṃsmā
any kind
yāyusmā
every kind
viṣasmā
another kind
idūṣasmā
no other kind
Quantity hiqna
this much
huqna
that much
āqna
that much (remote)
beqna?
how much?
iduqna
none
soraqna
some of it
grāqna
any much
yāyuqna
all of it
viṣaqna
another quantity
idūṣaqna
no other quantity
  1. The "owner of" correlatives are bound forms that mark possession, e.g. hirūm naviṣyaɂe "this [person]'s book", idurūm naviṣyaɂe "no one's book", berūm naviṣyaɂe? "whose book is this?" (lit. "who is the owner of [the] book?"). As such, they are always used together with a third-person (generally singular) possessive suffix.

THING, PERSON, QUALITY and QUANTITY correlatives decline for case; the proximal, medial and distal members of the THING (hiyome, huyome, āyome) and PERSON series (hikana, hukana, ākana) also decline for number.
The QUALITY and QUANTITY correlatives are generally only declined when used together with the bound form of another noun (e.g. m̃uk huqna "that much milk", nṛta idūṣasmā "no other kind of dream").

Note that Dundulanyä does not have wh-fronting: hine täte māmūtrību lilīsa "in this house lives my maternal aunt" → hine täte bekanī lilīsa? "who lives in this house?"

Negatives, elective existentials, universals, and positive alternatives for thing and person correlatives may also take dual number:

idumive, idoneve "neither";
grāṇamive, grākṇeve "either";
yaiveve, yāyukaneve "both";
viṣāmive, viṣkaṇeve "the other one".

Verbs (darūmmai)

The verb (darūmma, pl. darūmmai) is the most inflected part of speech in Dundulanyä. Forms are quite complex and generally formed in an agglutinative manner - even if there are fusional elements for what concerns tense, aspect, and subject agreement.

The language has an Austronesian-type morphosyntactic alignment, and the argument the verb agrees with is controlled by a particular morpheme inside the verb complex. Due to the complex structure, a single verb form can often correspond to a more complex English sentence, as e.g. kujadumbhyaimyūsaɂed (I've been told that the two of you are bringing [it] again (on foot) from outside at my/our place for him/her), a form of the root dombh- (to bring on foot, with the hands), morphemically kuḍ-sa-dumbh-ya-emi-ū-sa-ɂe=d.

The morpheme order of Dundulanyä verbs is the following; elements in bold are required, even if some of them may be zero morphemes:

Dundulanyä verb structure
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Positional prefix -sa-
inverse deixis prefix
Incorporated verbal root Stem Tense markers Ablative motion marker Evidential marker Irrealis marker
(-g-)
Causative or applicative marker Trigger/voice Personal agreement Dative agreement Verb-final conjunctions
Incorporated nominal root

Verbs have four stems: present, past, perfect and frequentative; the latter two are always distinct, while non-ablauting roots have the same stems for the present and the past. These stems are used with different sets of personal agreement endings; different combinations of stems and endings are used to form a variety of tense-aspect combinations.

A few irregular verbs have suppletive stems, and a smaller number of verbs is defective, lacking one or more stems. However, the vast majority of Dundulanyä verbs is regular, with apparent irregularities being explained by irregular or peculiar behavior of the verb roots themselves (especially class I ones), e.g. in verbs such as śadah "I am asked" - āḍan "I was asked" - āḍam "I have been asked", āḍ- being the regular zero grade of the class I root śad-[9].

Root incorporation

Some verb roots may be used with either a verbal or a nominal incorporated root which comes right before the stem in the verb complex. Incorporated verb roots are always in zero-grade ablaut, while incorporated nominal roots are actually a closed class of prefixes etymologically related to certain nouns that broadly identify the object (usually the patient) of the verb.

Incorporated verb roots form root+root complexes where the incorporated root adds a dimension of meaning to the main one, such as with the root jūpūn- "to work in a hurry" from pūn- "to work" with the incorporated root jo- "to hurry", or nililobh- "to write down through brainstorming" from lobh- "to write" with nily- "to think".
Incorporated nominal roots include for example morphemes such as tan- for a long object (cf. taṇḍa "stick, cane") resulting in forms such as taṃlobh- "to affix; carve (on a stick, a post)", or ghar- for "wood" with forms such as ghahräś- "to debark" (√räś- "to peel") or gharṇevy- "to carve wood" (nevy- "to shape").

The prefix yau- fills the incorporated nominal root slot, however it denotes repetition and patient plurality and is always used together with the agentive trigger, as shown in forms such as yaukṛsūn "I waited for all of them", yaucikhūn "I offered [them] a drink one by one".
Similarly, the prefixes sya- (exhaustive), tra- (iterative) and cū- (excessive) fill the slot of the incorporated root. sya- is uncommon in the modern language, as it is often used as a synonym of yau-; the original difference being that it does not apply to transitive verbs only, and it does not imply a repeated or prolonged action. Cf. forms such as syanīyūn "I said it all", tranīyūn "I said it again", cūnīyūn "I said too much".

A verb root can also be reduplicated using the zero-grade version of itself as the incorporated root. The resulting verbs can have different meanings but usually intensive (as a less formal alternative to the intensive TAM) or iterative-continuous, e.g. cyūcyavūh "I really want it" (√cyo- "to want"). Some reduplicated stems are effectively lexicalized, such as nīne- "to repeat" (√ne- "to say"), and can therefore form the base for further derived forms, e.g. imyamam "glutton" (√yam- "to eat").

Inverse deixis and ablative motion

While apparently similar, the inverse deixis marker or cislocative (the -s(a)- prefix) and the ablative motion marker (the -y(a)- suffix) are distinct and, in fact, not mutually exclusive. While the ablative motion marker cannot be used without the positional prefix (with the exception of positional-classificatory verbs), the cislocative can.

The cislocative prefix marks an action towards the deictic center (generally the speaker), marked as divergent from the default state which is action from the deictic center: see e.g. loni (lon-i) "you go (walk)" vs. cislocative saloni (sa-lon-i) "you come (on foot)" for an example without a positional prefix; however it can also be used together with such prefix as in e.g. gāloni (gā-lon-i) "you walk in" vs. gāsloni (gā-s(a)-lon-i) "you come in (on foot)".

The ablative motion marker (which forces zero-grade ablaut on the present stem), on the other hand, inverts the direction marked by the positional/directional prefix, which is allative by default (i.e. to a place), making it ablative (i.e. from a place): gāmeśūh (gā-meś-ū-h) "I look inside" vs. gāmiśyūh (gā-miś-y-ū-h) "I look from the inside". The ablative marker is, due to how positional and motion verbs work in Dundulanyä, most commonly used and useful with transitive verbs, e.g. kuṇḍombhūsa (kuḍ-dombh-ū-sa) "you two bring outside" vs. kuṇḍumbhyūsa (kuḍ-dumbh-y-ū-sa) "you two bring from outside".

The cislocative and the ablative marker can, in fact, be used together, in forms such as kujadumbhyūsa (kuḍ-sa-dumbh-y-ū-sa) "you two bring [us] from outside", gāslunyi "you come (on foot) from the inside". See also the following sentences, using the ablative motion marker, and the distinctions implied by the presence or absence of the cislocative prefix:

  • bunūgoba kujamiśyū "The thief is looking [at me/us] from the outside";
  • bunūgoba jṛṣṇat kujamiśyū "The thief is looking at my backpack [which is near me/in the same room as me] from the outside";
  • bunūgoba jṛṣṇat kuḍmiśyū "The thief is looking at my backpack from the outside [and I am not in the same room as my backpack]".

Stem and TAM formation

The four basic stems are formed as follows:

  • The present stem is the root with the middle grade vowel;
  • The past stem is the root with the zero grade vowel;
    • For non-ablauting roots, the present and past stems are therefore identical.
  • The perfect stem is the root with the zero grade vowel and an augment which is identical to the vowel of the root itself (shortened, if it is long) if the vowel is any of a, e, i, u; otherwise:
    • if the stem vowel is o, ä, ṛ or , the augment is a;
    • if the stem vowel is a diphthong, only the first element is taken as the augment.
  • The frequentative stem is the root with the zero grade vowel plus the middle grade vowel as the augment, and adding -sā (with the appropriate saṃdhi changes). Again, there are some exceptions to the general augment rule:
    • if the stem vowel is or , the augment is ā;
    • otherwise, the same rules as the perfect augment apply.
  • The intensive (or energetic) stem, which does not form tenses but a mood, is formed with a higher grade augment and a middle grade root vowel.

Some affixes may force the stem vowel to be in a certain ablaut grade, such as the ablative motion marker shown in the previous section, which forces a present stem to have a zero grade vowel regardless.

As an example, the stems of ne- (II) "to say" are: present ne-, past nī-, perfect inī-, frequentative enīsā-, intensive aine-. The non-ablauting root pūn- (to work) has present/past pūn-, perfect upūn-, frequentative upūṃsā-; dīd- (0) "to act, react, do, behave" has present/past dīd-, perfect idīd-, frequentative idījā-.

There are also tense markers which are added to the above stems to form the base for other TAM:

  • the future formant is -iṣy- (or -ṣy- after vowels), added to the past stem (more precisely, to the zero grade root[10]);
  • the situational is formed with the marker -āp-, added to either the zero grade root or the perfect stem.

The situational is a non-finite verb form which can express a contemporaneous (e.g. "while ...-ing") or anterior action (e.g. "after having ...-ed"), both as a circumstance or as a reason (e.g. "given that..."). Together with the irrealis marker, it forms concessive clauses.

The various tenses (more appropriately tense-aspect combinations) and moods are formed by the combination of the above stems and different terminations (which are listed in the dedicated section below):

  • Present: present stem + present terminations
  • Past: past stem + past terminations
  • Perfect: perfect stem + perfect terminations
  • Frequentative: frequentative stem + frequentative terminations
  • Future: future "stem" + perfect terminations
  • Imperfective situational: zero grade root plus -āp- formant + present terminations
  • Perfective situational: perfect stem with -āp- formant + perfect terminations

The intensive, which is a tense-aspect-mood combination, has only two aspects: imperfective and perfective (today both found in very formal styles, but otherwise considered too bookish for general use):

  • Imperfective intensive: intensive stem + present terminations
  • Perfective intensive: intensive stem + perfect terminations

The imperative is generally considered apart from the other stems, as it is only used in second person singular and plural and first person plural forms: its stem is the bare stem but with the higher grade vowel (i.e. maiś- for the root meś-), with the present terminations for the two plural forms but endingless for the singular.

The subjunctive does not have its own stem, but is formed as a sort of reverse intensive: it has specific endings which are used together with the zero-grade stem (for the imperfective subjunctive) and with the perfect stem (for the perfective subjunctive).

Junyai

The forms called, in traditional Dundulanyä grammar, junyai (sg. junya, literally "shade, hue") are special stems (hence filling only the "stem" portion of the verb complex) which denote particular meanings, often corresponding to moods. There are four junyai: desiderative, necessitative, potential and permissive, formed as follows, through reduplication (with different ablaut grades in the stem and in the reduplication) and suffixes:

  • Desiderative: zero-grade reduplication + middle-grade root + -s;
  • Necessitative: middle-grade reduplication + zero-grade root + -sū;
  • Potential: zero-grade reduplication + middle-grade root + -nā;
  • Permissive: reduplication with the vowel ī (ū after non-nasal labials) + zero-grade root + -ūd;

Examples with various roots:

  • meś- (II) "to see": DES mi-meś-s- → mimekṣ-; NEC me-miś-sū- → memikṣū; POT mi-meś-nā- → mimeśñā-; PERM mī-miś-ūd → mīmiśūd-.
  • śan- (I) "to breathe": DES ś-śan-s- → kṣaṃs- (rarely śaśaṃs-); NEC śa-śn-sū- → śaśñāsū-; POT ś-śan-nā- → kṣannā- (rarely śaśannā-); PERM śī-śn-ūd- → śīśñūd-.

Causative, applicative and trigger (voice) markers

There are six possible trigger (voice) markers:

  • -∅- patient trigger;
  • -ū- agent trigger;
  • -ik- reflexive trigger;
    • -ik-ū- (or -ik-e-), combination of agent and reflexive triggers, for the reciprocal voice;
  • -mi- circumstantial (benefactive or instrumental) trigger;
  • -īs- locative trigger;
  • -bai- reason trigger.

The causative (-on- or -n-) and applicative (-im- or -m-) markers fill the slot preceding the trigger marker, but unlike the latter those markers are not mandatory.

Evidential markers

There are six evidential markers:

  • -∅- direct knowledge;
  • -ɂä- "first" inferential (trusted);
  • -eb(i)- "second" inferential (doubtful);
  • -ukiɂ(a)- assumptive;
  • -emi- "first" reportative/hearsay (trusted);
  • -enab(u)- "second" reportative/hearsay (doubtful).

Personal agreement

The following ones are the personal agreement endings for Dundulanyä verbs.

Personal markers
1SG 2SG 3SG 1DU 2DU 3DU 1PL 2PL 3PL
Present -(a)h -i -a/-∅ -(a)ba -(a)sa -(a)ḍa -evu -(a)ḫo -āhai
Frequentative -u -i
Perfect -am -a -ra -ri -a -ima -iśa -a
Past -n -īt -(n)ī -rap -ro -ra -nān -thā -lī
Subjunctive -āt1 -ai -oba -osa -ai -ove -aut1 -ai
  1. In Classical Dundulanyä, subjunctive 2nd person terminations -ās (singular) and -aus (plural) are found in many texts; in the early and mid Classical period, the distribution is clearly dialectal: the dialects of coastal Taktapṣikha and the course of the Hundhura downstream from the confluence of the Lāmbera, the Lātlaka region to the southeast, as well as the majority of the Yuṣṇiya valley (western Taktapṣikha) and North Shore colonies of these territories use the -ās/-aus forms, with the rest of Taktapṣikha, nearly all of Śubhāla (which underwent Dundulanyä-ization during the Classical period) as well as - forming a linguistic island - the Śola peninsula (far northern Taktapṣikha, between two of the Inland Seas) using the -āt/-aut forms. By the late Classical period, -āt/-aut forms became predominant because of both sound changes (especially in the North Shore) and greater cultural and political dominance of some -āt/-aut cities such as Nallalitle (along the Lāmbera), Mūmäfumbe and Līlekhaite (in Śubhāla), Udunna (in Śola), and Ṭäleneśāma (on the North Shore)[11], although sometimes even the same authors used both forms, in a few cases even in the same text. In the post-Classical period, -āt/-aut became the standard forms, although local languages in -ās/-aus areas developed from the original ones.

The forms with vowel in the present are used after a consonant; the 3SG form is therefore a zero-marker in many common forms such as after the agent trigger (cf. teṇa "3SG is fed" and teṇū "3SG feeds").

Exclusively for the dative argument, there is a set of dative terminations that show indirect object concord in all voices except for dative-trigger. The terminations are the same as the possessive suffixes used with nouns, except for 1SG and 1DU having -m- instead of -b- as the thematic consonant:

Dative terminations
1SG 2SG 3SG 1DU 2DU 3DU 1PL 2PL 3PL
-mu -ya -ɂe -min -sin -hin -fa -yo -rān

Example basic conjugation showing stems and endings (but, for simplicity, zero morphemes wherever possible):

Example conjugation of the root √śro- (III) "to throw, propel, launch"
1SG 2SG 3SG 1DU 2DU 3DU 1PL 2PL 3PL
Indicative Present śroh śravi śro śroba śrosa śroḍa śravevu śroḫo śravāhai
Frequentative ośrūsau ośrūsai ośrūsai ośrūsāba ośrūsāsa ośrūsāḍa ośrūsaivu ośrūsāḫo ośrūsāhai
Perfect uśrūm uśrūvī uśrū uśrūra uśrūri uśrū uśrūvima uśrūviśa uśrū
Past śrūn śrūvīt śrūnī śrūrap śrūro śrūra śrūnān śrūthā śrūlī
Future śrūṣyam śrūṣyī śrūṣya śrūṣyara śrūṣyari śrūṣya śrūṣyima śrūṣyiśa śrūṣya
Subjunctive Imperfective śrūvā śrūvāt śrūvai śrūvoba śrūvosa śrūvai śrūvove śrūvaut śrūvai
Perfective uśrūvā uśrūvāt uśrūvai uśrūvoba uśrūvosa uśrūvai uśrūvove uśrūvaut uśrūvai
Situational Imperfective śrūvāpah śrūvāpi śrūvāpa śrūvābba śrūvāpsa śrūvābḍa śrūvāpevu śrūvāppho śrūvāpāhai
Perfective uśrūvāpam uśrūvāpī uśrūvāpa uśrūvāpra uśrūvāpri uśrūvāpa uśrūvāpima uśrūvāpiśa uśrūvāpa
Intensive Imperfective auśroh auśravi auśro auśroba auśrosa auśroḍa auśravevu auśroḫo auśravāhai
Perfective auśrom auśravī auśrava auśrora auśrori auśrava auśravima auśraviśa auśrava
Imperative - śrau - - - - śrāvevu śrauḫo -

Copula

The Dundulanyä copula is ga; however, it is not a verb, but an invariable particle which links two nouns:

hine saṃhāram ga ṣurlāke. "This boy is Ṣurlāke."
kālomīye ga ñältahbu. "Kālomīye is my sister."
lalāruṇai fanēyai kuka ga irāḍai. "Lalāruṇai[12] and capybaras are animals."

In any role outside of the direct knowledge indicative present, the copula is replaced by the (regular) verb jall-:

kālomīye dariśah jallī. "Kālomīye was a dancer."
kālomīye dariśah jalliṣya. "Kālomīye will be a dancer."

However, whenever temporal adverbs that imply a non-present tense are found, ga is used instead:

prānilau kālomīye ga dariśah. "Tomorrow, Kālomīye will be a dancer."

The same particle ga doubles as an adpositive particle, joining nouns together in noun phrases:

līlasuṃghāṇa ga marta "city of Līlasuṃghāṇa"
mīhuṅga ga maita "Mīhuṅga river"
śaṃḫe ga hufāne ga śidrañjiḫe. "The word 'śaṃḫe' is a pronoun." (first ga adpositive; second ga copula)

The negative copula is simply idu (not), with the same usage and the same replacement verb:

hine saṃhāram idu ṣurlāke. "This boy is not Ṣurlāke."
kālomīye idu ñältahbu. "Kālomīye is not my sister."
prānilau kālomīye idu dariśah. "Tomorrow, Kālomīye will not be a dancer."
kālomīye dariśah jalliṣiga va. "Kālomīye will not be a dancer."

First- and second-person pronouns have synthetic (fused) copular forms:

yūga dūhṛṃlila. "I am an office worker."
kaṅga umūm lila. "You are a good person."

The undeclinable so-called "copular adjectives", such as cami "great, important", lalla "high, higher; next" or umūm "good", are not used with ga, but need idu in a negative sentence:

āna lila umūm. "That person is good."
hiyome idu cami. "This is not important."

Numerals (dhujāvāmi)

Dundulanyä is one of the few human Eventoan languages - together with the other ancient languages grouped as East Taktapṣaikhulu languages, a few other languages scattered in southern Lusaṃrīte, and a handful of others around the world, as well as those which have had considerable influence by Dundulanyä itself - with a pure duodecimal numeral system.

Numbers (sg. dhujāvam, pl. dhujāvāmi) have six different forms: cardinal, ordinal, collective, distributive, adverbial/multiplicative, and fractionary. The numbers from 1 to 4 have separate adverbial multiplicative forms, while all other ones have an invariable form used both as adverbial and "adjectival" multiplicatives. Cardinals from 1 to Ɛ and their compounds decline for case (see below); collectives, multiplicatives, and fractionaries always decline, while ordinals are only declined if used as substantives, i.e. without an accompanying noun. Distributives do not decline.

All numeral roots in general usage are native, with the exception of zero, which is a learned borrowing from Lannä b̃atha "nothing".

Digit12 Base 10 Cardinal Ordinal Collective Distributive Adv./Multiplicative Fractionary
0 0 b̃atha (b̃athesi) (b̃athakoma) (b̃āb̃atha)
1 1 emibe
emi
lumpyä emibukoma b̃āɂemibe (adv.)
emibūśila
lumpyäyāṭ
2 2 rirä hälinaika rirätām riräkoma b̃ārirä (adv.)
riräśila
hälinaikyāṭ
3 3 kiṅka kiṅkesi kiṅkatām kiṅkakoma b̃ākiṅka (adv.)
kiṅkośila
kiṅkesyāṭ
4 4 nälte nältaisi nältitām nältakoma b̃ānälte (adv.)
nältauśila
nältaisyāṭ
5 5 śulka śulkesi śulkatām śulkakoma śulkośila śulkesyāṭ
6 6 tuɂla tuɂlesi tuɂṛtām tuɂṛkoma tuɂlośila tuɂlesyāṭ
7 7 chīka chīcesi chīcätām chīkkoma chīkośila chīcesyāṭ
8 8 mbula mbulesi mbultām mbulkoma mbulośila mbulesyāṭ
9 9 ḍor̃a ḍor̃esi ḍor̃atām ḍor̃akoma ḍor̃ośila ḍor̃esyāṭ
10 tālda tāldesi tāldatām tāldakoma tāldośila tāldesyāṭ
Ɛ 11 ṣūḍan ṣūṇḍisi ṣūṇḍām ṣūṇḍakoma ṣūṇḍuśila ṣūṇḍisyāṭ
10 12 mūmai mūmaisi mūmetām mūmekoma mūmāyuśila mūmaisyāṭ
11 13 emibumūmä emibumūmäsi emibumūmätām emibumūmäkoma emibumūmäśila emibumūmäsyāṭ
12 14 rirämūmä rirämūmäsi rirämūmätām rirämūmäkoma rirämūmäśila rirämūmäsyāṭ
13 15 kiṅkhälī kiṅkhälīsi kiṅkhälītām kiṅkhälīkoma kiṅkhälīvśila kiṅkhälīsyāṭ
14 16 mūmainälte mūmainältaisi mūmainältitām mūmainältakoma mūmainältauśila mūmainältaisyāṭ
15 17 mūmaiśulka mūmaiśulkesi mūmaiśulkatām mūmaiśulkakoma mūmaiśulkośila mūmaiśulkesyāṭ
16 18 mūmaituɂla mūmaituɂlesi mūmaituɂṛtām mūmaituɂṛkoma mūmaituɂlośila mūmaituɂlesyāṭ
17 19 mūmaichīka mūmaichīcesi mūmaichīcätām mūmaichīkkoma mūmaichīkośila mūmaichīcesyāṭ
18 20 mūmaimbula mūmaimbulesi mūmaimbultām mūmaimbulkoma mūmaimbulośila mūmaimbulesyāṭ
19 21 mūmaiḍor̃a mūmaiḍor̃esi mūmaiḍor̃atām mūmaiḍor̃akoma mūmaiḍor̃ośila mūmaiḍor̃esyāṭ
1ᘔ 22 mūmaitālda mūmaitāldesi mūmaitāldatām mūmaitāldakoma mūmaitāldośila mūmaitāldesyāṭ
23 mūmaiṣūḍan mūmaiṣūṇḍisi mūmaiṣūṇḍām mūmaiṣūṇḍakoma mūmaiṣūṇḍuśila mūmaiṣūṇḍisyāṭ
20 24 hälimūmai hälimūmaisi hälimūmetām hälimūmekoma hälimūmāyuśila hälimūmaisyāṭ

As for the two forms for the numeral "one", emi is used in disjunctive counting (count-ins or countdowns), while emibe is used elsewhere. Compounds always have the full form, i.e. forms such as *hälimūmāyemi do not exist, only hälimūmāyemibe.
Some compound words, especially technical and scientific ones, use Lannä morphemes for the quantities from 1 to ᘔ (though from 5 onwards they're rarer): khyu- 1, nap̃a- 2, dläku- 3, käht- 4, jändä- 5, m̃uk- 6, häṣeth- 7, ṣäṣän- 8, thävaku- 9, yaitlu- ᘔ.

Numbers from 2012 above are simply made by compounding teens and units with the appropriate saṃdhi changes, like 2112 (2510) hälimūmāyemibe, and then hälimūmairirä, hälimūmaikiṅka, and so on.
The other dozens are:

30 (3610) kiṅkamūmai
40 (4810) nältamūmai
50 (6010) śulkmūmai
60 (7210) tuɂṛmūmai
70 (8410) chīcämūmai
80 (9610) mbulmūmai
90 (10810) ḍor̃mūmai
ᘔ0 (12010) tāldamūmai
Ɛ0 (13210) ṣūṇḍmūmai
and 100 (14410) trāṣoḍa.

1312 originally meant "one finger/three in the second [dozen]", where the -hälī part is a worn form of hälinaika.

Numbers from 10012 to ƐƐƐ12 are still compounds, e.g. trāṣoḍaimibe, trāṣoḍarirä, and so on.
The other dozenal hundreds are:

200 (28810) rirätrāṣoḍa
300 (43210) kiṅkatrāṣoḍa
400 (57610) nältitrāṣoḍa
500 (72010) śulkatrāṣoḍa
600 (86410) tuɂlatrāṣoḍa
700 (100810) chīcätrāṣoḍa
800 (115210) mbultrāṣoḍa
900 (129610) ḍor̃atrāṣoḍa
ᘔ00 (144010) tāldatrāṣoḍa
Ɛ00 (158410) ṣūḍantrāṣoḍa.

1.000 (172810) is śāyāja and numbers above are separate words, without saṃdhi, e.g. 1.001 śāyāja emibe, 6.2ᘔ9 (1078510) tuɂla śāyāja rirätrāṣoḍatāldamūmaiḍor̃a.
Note that 2.00012 may be either one of śāyājeve, rirä śāyāja - the most common one -, or (only emphatically) rirä śāyājeve.

The other divisions - numbers over ƐƐ.ƐƐƐ12 are based on groups of two digits: the two most commonly used ones in common speech are 1.00.000 (248.83210) - a raice - and 1.00.00.000 (35.831.80810) - a lallaraice.

The next two groups have their separate words, but are quantities rarely used in common speech: 1.00.00.00.000 (129) (5.159.780.35210) is a tūśvāna and 1.00.00.00.00.000 (1211) (743.008.370.68810) a lallatūśvāna.

Particles (riṇūmyobai)

Traditional Dundulanyä grammar only recognizes a single part of speech called "particles" (riṇūmyoba, pl. riṇūmyobai, literally "helper(s)") which includes conjunctions, postpositions, and interjections.

Nominal clitics

The following particles are clitics added to the end of nouns; they are all conjunctive particles that do not require any particular case of a noun. They are exclusively used with nouns, pronouns or numerals, not verbs.
Most such clitic particles are added to all nouns they refer to.

  • -cu ... -cu — and (in incomplete listings - cf. -t), e.g. nilāḍacu śusopacu "East and West [and the other cardinal points]"; yuṅgaccu śilomaccu cyavūh "I want a guava, a papaya[, and...]".
  • -in ... -in — exclusive or; either ... or. Note that it undergoes irregular saṃdhi, combining with a preceding -a to the highest grade; e.g. yuṅgain śilomain "either the guava or the papaya".
  • -ka ... -ka — inclusive or; e.g. yuṅgaka śilomaka "the guava or the papaya [or something else]".
  • -t ... -t — and (in complete listings - cf. -cu), e.g. vyānat māhanat "left and right"; amamūt mamūtrat niyānit "mom, aunt, and grandma"; yuṅgatat śilomatat cyavūh "I want [only] a guava and a papaya".

Verbal clitics

The following particles are clitics that, unlike the former, are added to the end of verbs, in their last slot. Verbal clitics can also be combined, sometimes forming contractions.
Aside for their usual clitic form, each of these has an emphatic standalone form that is inserted in the Wackernagel position.

  • -ṅ (-no after consonants; emphatic nāṅ) — and; added after the second verb, e.g. śilomat imūnī gilśat nundhūnī "3SG ate a papaya and drank gilśa[13]".
  • -ec (emphatic: cai) — then, implying consecutivity of two actions, e.g. śilomat imūnī gilśat nundhūnīyec "3SG ate a papaya, then drank gilśa". Also combines with -no to form -nāc "and then".
  • -ās (emphatic: ) — but, e.g. śilomat iyaṃsūnī up̃ap̃at imūnīyās "3SG wanted to eat a papaya, but ate an up̃ap̃a".
  • (emphatic: īśa) — polar question marker, e.g. emeni khorūś? "Is Emeni singing?/Does Emeni sing?"

Non-clitic conjunctions

  • itta is a conjunctive particle, translatable as "and", "meanwhile" or "while": nādaśrūṣeya cända itta nādaśrūṣeɂe śyūda. "Your (sg.) bike is orange, while his/her bike is black."
When preceded by a negated statement, it means "but, instead": yuna idu emeni itta imāma. "I am not Emeni, [I am] Imāma"; lāltaṣveyak girgh va itta kiṣūrak "I didn't fly to Lāltaṣveya, [I flew to] Kiṣūra instead."
  • kuka — and, amongst others; while similar to the clitic -cu, it is more emphatic and generally only used together with plural nouns (or singularia tantum, see the second example), and comes after the last of the nouns it refers to. It can be more accurately rendered with periphrases such as "[things] like ..."; e.g. lalāruṇai fanēyai kuka ga irāḍai "Lalāruṇai and capybaras, amongst others, are animals"; nāra maɂiḍa kuka idu dambū itta mugba. "[Foodstuffs] like sorghum or rice are not fruits, but cereals."

Postpositions

  • araṇa (+ bound form (accusative in formal usage)) is an ornative particle, originally a perfect form of the class 0 root raṇ- (to equip, to confer), e.g. dvārmev araṇa līve (formal: dvārmeyītha araṇa līve) "two-room flat".

Particles expressing time

The following table shows the main particles used for expressions of time, which can have different meanings depending on the cases used:

N.B. that the "weekdays" used in the table (emibe-laire, rirä-laire etc.) simply mean "day 1", "day 2" etc. and are placeholders used as long as the Dundulanyä calendar is not detailed.

Particle Case/Mood Meaning Example
selakat Ablative ago nältū naṃśālū selakat four years ago
Bound form for/since nälte naṃśāla selakat for four years
Bound forms and -t clitic between; from ... until emibe-lairat rirä-lairat selakat between Weekday1 and Weekday2
Imperfective subjunctive until (action underway) drūvāt selakat until you'll do it, until you'll be doing it
Perfective subjunctive until (completed action) adrūvāt selakat until you'll have done it
biśat Ablative in ... time
(at the end of a certain period of time)
by
nältū naṃśālū biśat in four years, four years from now
śulka-lairū biśat by Weekday5
Bound form in
(within, during a certain period of time)
nälte naṃśāla biśat for the coming four years, until four years from now
Imperfective situational as long as (action underway) drāpūvi biśat as long as you are/will be doing it, throughout the whole time you are/will be doing it
Perfective situational as long as, before (completed action) adrāpūvī biśat throughout the whole time until you did/will have done it
prāyo Bound form after nälte naṃśāla prāyo after four years
Imperfective subjunctive1 drūvāt prāyo after you('ll have) started doing it
Perfective subjunctive1 adrūvāt prāyo after you did/will have done it
anuyo Bound form before nälte naṃśāla anuyo four years before
Imperfective subjunctive1 drūvāt anuyo before you('ll have) started doing it
Perfective subjunctive1 adrūvāt anuyo before you did/will have done it
  1. prāyo and anuyo are particles; in colloquial, informal and neutral styles, the corresponding adverbs prāśā (after) and anuśā (before) can be used instead in the phrases with subjunctive verbs.

Derivational morphology (vāb̃lavona hufāmvailaḫlana)

Noun-forming morphemes

There are four morphemes that are used to form general derivatives from verbal roots: -a, -vu, -ib-e and -uḍu. The first two are generally unproductive nowadays (even though a terminal -a is often added to the end of loanwords, it is not considered to be this morpheme), while the latter two are still somewhat used in new coinings. All four morphemes are used with the zero-grade (ślūtya) root.

  • lel- (to live) → lila (person; living thing)
  • jo- (to hurry) → jūva (hurry) (with epenthetic -v- due to regular saṃdhi)
  • tvorg- (to fear) → tūrgibe (fear)
  • mord- (to promise) → murdibe (promise)
  • ḫamf- (to express oneself) → ḫamfa (language)
  • nyäɂ- (to laugh) → nyäɂvu (laugh) (also nyäɂa)
  • dhā- (to let, permit) → dhauḍu (permission)
  • ṣrop- (to honor, celebrate) → ṣropuḍu (praise)
  • tamb- (to kiss) → tambuḍu (kiss)
  • lav- (to go, walk) → lavibe (walk)

-(i)ḫ-e (first ablauting declension) sometimes marks a result of the action denoted by a verb root, but commonly has unpredictable meanings (even agents, particularly body parts).

  • lel- (to live) → lelḫe (life)
  • rañj- (to name, identify, mark) → rañjiḫe (name; noun)
  • tuḫ- (to beat) → tuḫḫe (heart)
  • yam- (to eat) → yamiḫe (meal)

-ta has a similar meaning (or unpredictablity) as -(i)ḫ-e, but often implies a sense of collectiveness, or an abstract state. Used with the middle-grade (būcūya) root.

  • ṣar- (to rule, govern) → ṣarta (government, rule; in compounds: -cracy)
  • śod- (to know, understand) → śodda (knowledge; in compounds: -logy)
  • ni-sākh- (to create, produce) → nisāktha (production, artifact; the works of an artist)

-uṣ-a (second ablauting declension) forms meaning related to qualities, but sometimes also something used for a determinate action.

  • bhaṭ- (to expand, swell, bloat) → bhaṭuṣa (expansion, swelling)
  • kṛs- (to wait) → kṛsuṣa (wait)
  • meś- (to see) → meśuṣa (visibility)

-na (-ra after t or d; -iyāna after Cy; -uvāna after Cv; -ṝna with a preceding ), with a middle-grade root, is the most common suffix denoting qualities.

  • meś- (to see) → meśña (sight)
  • ne- (to say, tell, speak) → nena (voice)
  • śoc- (to clean) → śocña (cleanliness)
  • dhomy- (to hope) → dhomiyāna (hope)
  • prā-nart- (to imagine, foresee) → prānartra (imagination; clairvoyance)

-ūmma, with middle grade ablaut, is a rarer suffix with a meaning overlapping to -uṣ-a.

  • pūn- (to work) → pūnūmma (work [a relationship between employer and employee])
  • bhe- (to cure, care for) → bhayūmma (caring)
  • dar- (to do) → darūmma (action; verb)
  • rav- (to open) → ravūmma (width, breadth)

-anah, with middle grade ablaut, denotes an act or process, or its tangible manifestation (see third example).

  • śoc- (to clean) → śocanah (cleaning, the act of cleaning)
  • gont- (to buy) → gontanah (shopping)
  • meś-on- (to see + causative marker) → meśonnah (exhibition)

-āmita, with higher grade ablaut (udhyukṣṇise) when used with verb roots, also forms quality, states, but often with more abstract meanings - cf. English -hood, -ship, -ism - or denoting a state in scientific terms. Unlike most previous suffixes, it is most commonly (but not exclusively) used to derive nouns from other nouns, instead of verb roots or stems.

  • ñältah (sister; (male's) sister; sibling) → ñältāmita "siblinghood; sisterhood, brotherhood"
  • lilāḍu (friend) → lilāḍvāmita (friendship) (bookish variant lilāḍūmita)
  • lel- (to live) → lailāmita (the state of being alive)
  • girḍ- (to be wet) → gīrḍāmita (humidity)

-āvam (m-stem non-ablauting), with zero grade ablaut, has various generic and sometimes unpredictable meanings, though typically instrumental.

  • dhoj- (to keep together; assign, allocate) → dhujāvam (number, numeral)
  • khor- (to sing) → khurāvam (choir)
  • śod- (to know, understand) → śudāvam (explanation)

-ūlt-e, or -lt-e with lengthening of a stem-final vowel (more rarely simply -lt-e), with middle grade ablaut, forms nouns that generally denote tools, something used in doing an action; containers; more rarely places - cf. Latin -brum.

  • nādah (leg) → nādālte (knee-length sock)
  • tuḫ- (to beat) → tuḫūlte (drum)
  • śoc- (to clean) → śocūlte (detergent; cleaning product)
  • hamvy- (to cradle) → hamvyūlte (cradle)
  • näly- (to think) (class V) → nälilte (brain)

-ṅ-ka (second ablauting declension) also denotes tools, or instruments that do a particular action - not always synonymous with the preceding one.

  • haf- (to insert) → hāṅka (socket)
  • ni-de- (to stand on, to stand over) → nideṅka (roof)
  • ni-ko- (to sit on) → nikoṅka (chair)

-ura (but -y-ura-ira), attached to a verb's perfect stem, denotes something that has undergone a certain action (i.e. the equivalent of a past participle).

  • pad-miś- (to see beyond, to see further) → padimiśura (view, overlook)
  • cor- (to save, keep for the future) → ucururai (savings) (pl. tantum)
  • lūkr- (to fold) → ulūkrura (wardrobe [the elements composing it, and colloquially, by extension, the piece of furniture])

-s-e, with a zero grade root, is a synonym of -ura, but generally used in a compound where the first element denotes the agent, or with a verb prefix.
Note that ablauting roots ending in -ar-, no matter the class, lengthen the vowel to -ār- and do not add the -s-.

  • nādah (leg) + śro- (to propel, launch) → nādaśrūṣe (bicycle, bike)
  • pūnan (worker) + ṣar- (to rule) → pūnaṃṣāre (worker cooperative)
  • pad- (forth, beyond) + gṇyau- (to give birth; to be born) → padagṇyausi (sons and daughters) (pl. tantum)
  • udhi- (within) + ukṣṇy- (to grow) → udhyukṣṇise (higher grade ablaut, vṛddhi)

-ḫana, with zero grade ablaut, forms nouns meaning "that ought to be X-ed", i.e. a future passive participle.

  • uc- (to believe) → vacchana (miracle)
  • meś- (to see) → miśaḫana (video)
  • śod- (to know, understand) → śuddhana (rule)

-tya (-dya after voiced stops; -ś-tya-cya) is a singulative suffix, denoting either a single thing of a collective noun, or a single constituent of a broader act. In modern coinings, it is also used to denote a division of something.

  • jo- (to hurry) → jūtya (run)
  • meś- (to see) → micya (a look)
  • tvorg- (to fear) → tūrgdya (fright, scare)
  • ślo- (to be left) → ślūtya (remain, residue; zero grade ablaut)
  • daśa (rain) → dacya (raindrop)

-aC(-e), where C is the last consonant of the root, is one of multiple suffixes forming (mostly human, but not exclusively) agent nouns:

  • pūn- (to work) → pūnan (worker)
  • meś- (to see) → miśaśe (guard, warden)
  • brom- (to blow, wipe) → brūmam (wind; gale)

-ar (ṛ-stem non ablauting, with lemma form in -ah) with middle grade ablaut and -i- infixed before the last consonant forms agent (often occupational) nouns:

  • helk- (to dye) → helikah (dyer)
  • darś- (to dance) → dariśah (dancer)
  • nart- (to dream) → naritah (dreamer)

-oba with zero grade ablaut and -nū- before the last consonant sequence of the root also forms agent nouns. It is never used with class I, VI, VII and VIII roots.

  • bog- (to steal) → bunūgoba (thief)
  • deh- (to use) → dinūhoba (user)
  • remy- (to help) → riṇūmyoba (helper)

-īya, with zero grade ablaut, forms mostly non-human agent nouns. It is no longer productive.
In some older coinings, it surfaces simply as -ya.

  • śan- (to breathe) → śñīya (nose)
  • śmer- (to bake, roast) → śmirīya (oven)
  • yon- (to create, beget) → yunya (nature; creator spirit; goddess)
  • gläp- (to lick, lap) → glipya (tongue; blade; oar)

-eṣa forms collective nouns.

  • lila (person) → lileṣa (people)
  • ñältah (sister; (male's) sister; sibling) → ñältaɂeṣa "siblings; brothers and sisters"
  • laire (sky; air) → laireṣa (galaxy)

-apa, with zero grade ablaut, forms nouns referring to places and locations:

  • ij- (to teach) → yajapa (school)
  • dhroṣ- (to plow) → dhruṣapa (farm)
  • śusva (evening) → śusopa (west)
  • rirä (two) + maila (water) / vāla (sea) → rirämailapa/rirävālapa (peninsula, spit; isthmus)

-īd-e (-d-e after a vowel or a sonorant, except in class I roots), with zero grade ablaut and zero grade reduplication, is another derivation forming place nouns.

  • pūn- (to work) → pupūnde (workplace)
  • ṣar- (to rule, govern) → ṣaṣrīde (headquarters; department; (hist.) seat of power; throne; capital city; sometimes used as a toponym)
  • kṛs- (to wait) → kakrasīde (waiting room)

-ādhu means "having X".

  • maiha (daughter) → maihādhūve (parents) (dual/plural only)
  • b̃īla (terrain, soil) → b̃īlādhu (field)

-(m)ūya denotes something which has X as a distinctive trait; for some words, especially denominal formations, it can mean "made of X".

  • girḍ- (to be wet) → girḍūya (tongue)
  • jo- (to hurry) → jūmūya (deadline)
  • būc- (to be flat) → būcūya (middle grade ablaut, guṇa)
  • tāmira (rock, stone) → tāmirūya (stone tool)

-ic-e (1st ablauting declension) forms nouns, generally from verbal roots, with the meaning of "result, remain, product or byproduct of an action":

  • gird- (to be wet) → girḍice (the mark left by something wet)
  • meś- (to see) → meśice (liter., bookish: knowledge)
  • goṃs- (to cut) → goṃsice (piece, part)

-äśah (-ɂäśah when added to -ah nouns) denotes a tree or a plant having a certain fruit[14].

  • māra (mango) → māräśah (mango tree)
  • dīlla (peas) → dīlläśah (pea plant)
  • haisah (pineapple) → haisɂäśah (pineapple tree)

-īrä is a fossilized suffix used to form temporal units.

  • sve-dar- (to complete) → svedrīrä (deadline)

-ida, with higher grade ablaut, is an older diminutive suffix, often now lexicalized and rarely used productively.

  • īs-ko- (to sit hanging) → īskāvida (swing)
  • b̃oṭa (finger) → b̃oṭida (little finger, pinky)

-ulu with higher grade vowel is a suffix that forms demonyms (cf. vṛddhi derivation). In some cases, there are more variants of a same word depending on the strengthened vowel, and the one that is preferred depends on usage (usually the last one, with the exception of lausaṃrītulu).

  • Lusaṃrītelausaṃrītulu (preferred) or lusaṃraitulu
  • Jūhmajauhmulu
  • Mūmäfumbemūmäfaumbulu
  • Lāltaṣveyalāltaṣvājñulu (with regular saṃdhi from the underlying form *lāltaṣvaiyulu)

In older stages of the language, vṛddhi derivations were also formed with the suffix -a; this remains as a fossilized suffix in certain words, cf. given names in -faula from fulah "hearth", or the majority of the names of the months of the Dundulanyä calendar, vṛddhi derivations from constellation names (e.g. gurūṣikhegurūṣaikha; m̃ālasiṣamam̃ālasaiṣama).

-(y)ek-e, fronting velars to palatals if possible, (or -ik-e after palatals themselves), -īcen-e, also palatalizing velars, and -iccha are productive diminutive suffixes. Of the three, -īcen-e often implies endearment, coziness, especially when contrasted to the other two or explicitely used after the same noun modified with one of the other two suffixes.

  • saṃhāram (boy) → saṃhārmyeke (little boy)
  • ābābi (town square) → ābābīceni (a nice and cozy little town square) (pl. tantum as the unmodified noun)
  • cūlla (car) → cūlliccha (toy car)
  • lilāḍu (friend) → lilāḍīcene (little friend - often used by parents referring to kids' friends)
  • yalka (beach) → yalcīcene (small, often secluded beach)

Syntax

Word order

The Dundulanyä word order is usually described as topic-comment; the topic (tatsampra or caṃhūmuṭa), whether explicit or "unmarked" (as per native terminology) is always the first element of a sentence and everything else - the comment or padnīse - comes afterwards. The most commonly used terminology in native sources distinguishes two different kinds of topics as iḍiṭa tatsampra vs. idviḍiṭa tatsampra (the latter also tadgarḫē iḍiṭa tatsampra or darūmmē iḍiṭa tatsampra), translated here as "explicit topic" and "unmarked topic" (or "voice-marked topic" or "verb-marked topic") respectively. Explicit topic (iḍiṭa tatsampra) is understood as a topic marked by the particle ba.

The comment's structure could be described as OSV, but the definition of subject and object does not apply fully to Dundulanyä. S is whatever agrees with the verb, i.e. the triggered argument, called hūmmikṣe in Dundulanyä. O, in this broad scheme, stands for any other argument ("object" and oblique ones). Anyway, OSV is a rough but good approximation for that as (see the third, fourth and fifth example sentences below) the closest argument to the verb is the agent when non-triggered in a sentence with unmarked topic, or the direct argument in a sentence with explicit topic. The verb complex always comes in last position in a sentence, except for some particles.

śiloma epenē yama.
śiloma epen-ē yam-∅-∅-a
papaya.DIR.SG. child-ERG.SG. eat-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND.

The papaya is being eaten by a child.
epena śilomat yamū.
epena śiloma-t yam-∅-ū-(a)
child.DIR.SG. papaya-ACC.SG. eat-EXP-AG-PRES.3SG.IND.

The child is eating a papaya.
udra śilomat epenē yamīsa.
udra śiloma-t epen-ē yam-∅-īs-a
treetrunk.DIR.SG. papaya-ACC.SG. child-ERG.SG. eat-EXP-LOC-PRES.3SG.IND.

A child is eating a papaya [sitting] on the treetrunk. (or: *the treetrunk is being eaten a papaya on by a child.)
ṭuṇṭiccha śilomat epenē yammi.
ṭuṇṭiccha śiloma-t epen-ē yam-∅-mi-(a)
pair_of_chopsticks.DIR.SG. papaya-ACC.SG. child-ERG.SG. eat-EXP-CIRC-PRES.3SG.IND.

A child is eating [pieces of] papaya with chopsticks. (or: *the chopsticks are being eaten [pieces of] papaya with by a child.)
ñältahbu ba ṣṭhīṭaṅ lunaichir̃ā lilāḍu tadyemigī va.
ñältaɂ-bu ba ṣṭhīṭaṅ lunaichir̃-ā lilāḍu ta-di-emi-g-∅-ī=va
male's_sister.DIR.SG-POSS.1SG. TOPIC. yesterday. tea_house-LOC.SG. friend.DIR.SG. PLACE-stand.HUMAN-REP1-IRR-PAT-PAST.3SG=NEG.

[I was told that] My sister didn't meet her friend at the tea house yesterday.

Non-verb-final word orders are possible, but are practically only ever used in poetry in order to fit into particular metres.

Complement order

The typical organization of the sentence is, therefore:

Sentence with explicit topic
Explicit topic Temporal complement (Anti)benefactives Compl. of manner;
essive case
Locative complements Semantic patient Semantic agent Direct argument Verb Sentence-final particles
Sentence with unmarked topic
Unmarked topic Temporal complement (Anti)benefactives Compl. of manner;
essive case
Locative complements Semantic patient Semantic agent Verb Sentence-final particles

Note that temporal complements may, in certain circumstances, act as if they were explicit topics, but not marked with ba. In that case, the structure followed is, in fact, the same as for sentences with explicit topics, i.e. with the direct argument immediately preceding the verb.

buneya länta yuna ba lalla jūlafīrä maihādhūv räl himai kurūṣarthak udhiśūsililūva nindade nañjäthiṣyūva.
buneya länta yuna ba lalla jūlafīrä maihādhu-:v räl himai kurūṣartha-k udhiśūs<ı>lil-∅-ū-a nindad-e nad-jäth-iṣy-∅-ū-a
female's_older_sister.BOUND.SG. together_with. 1SG.DIR. TOPIC. next. "week".LOC.SG. parents-BOUND.DU. BENEF. canoe.INSTR.SG. Kurūṣartha-DAT. experience.PERF-EXP-AG-3.IND. guide-DIR.SG.. lead-float_on_water-FUT-EXP-AG-3.IND.

My older sister and I, next week, as for our parents' will, will be escorted by an experienced guide on our canoe trip to Kurūṣartha.
ṣṭhīṭaṅ śusvā lārvapak yuna lon.
ṣṭhīṭaṅ śusv-ā lārvapa-k yuna lav-∅-∅-n
yesterday. evening-LOC.SG. temple-DAT.SG. 1SG.DIR. walk-EXP-LOC-PAST.3SG.IND.

Yesterday [in the] evening I went/was walking to the temple on foot.

Sentences can act as unmarked topics of other sentences, see e.g. the following rather more complex examples:

naviṣya ubukhāyē guntī; lūnūbhoba ga ṣurṭāgī lilarān.
naviṣya ubukhai-ē gunt-∅-∅-ī lūnūbhoba ga ṣurṭāg-ī lila-rān
book.DIR.SG. Ubukhai-ERG.SG. buy-EXP-PAT-PAST.3SG.IND. writer.DIR.SG. COP. Skyrdagor-BOUND.PL. person.DIR.SG-3PL.POSS.

Ubukhai bought a book; the author is Skyrdagor.[15]
tainah haice nusmai sure ravikai gālavī, didya, bāhṛmū ajalsāgi mimendnābgī va tūva gaujulḍa kilahmullat yunat himena khurūvoba gālorap.
tainaɂ haic-e nusm-∅-∅-ai sure ro-∅-ik-ai gā-lav-∅-∅-ī didya bāhr0m-ū ajalsā-∅-g-∅-i mimendnā-∅-āp-g-∅-ī=va tūva gā-u-julḍ-∅-∅-a kilahmulla=t yuna=t himena khur-∅-ū-oba gā-lav-∅-∅-rap
Tainah.DIR.SG. wordless_rhythmic_chant-DIR.SG. cease-EXP-PAT-IMPF.3.SUBJ. without. wash-EXP-REFL-IMPF.3.SUBJ. into-walk-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND. more. bāhram-ABL.SG. be.FREQ-EXP-IRR-PAT-FREQ.3SG.IND. hear.POT-EXP-CIRC-IRR-PAT-PAST.3SG.IND=not. Tūva.DIR.SG. into-PERF_STEM_MARKER-hum-EXP-PAT-PERF.3.IND. Kilahmulla.DIR.SG=and. 1SG.DIR=and. therefore. sing-EXP-AG-IMPF.1DU.SUBJ. into-walk-EXP-PAT-PAST.1DU.IND.

Tainah went washing without stopping her haice[16], and even if the bāhram[17] couldn't be heard anymore Tūva hummed into and got Kilahmulla and I singing too.

Epiphrasis

Epiphrasis (anumyūse) is the main syntactic change to the main constituent order.

yuna lādragilā pūnah, gluḫambut.
yuna lādragy0l-ā pūn-∅-∅-h gluḫ0m-bu=t
1SG.DIR. inn-LOC.SG. work-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND. female's_brother.DIR.SG-POSS.1SG=and.

I work at the inn, and so does my brother.
kiṅkū naviṣyū meśah, nyoṭa goldyūt.
kiṅk-ū naviṣy-ū meś-∅-∅-h ni-oṭ-∅-∅-a goldi-ū=t
three-ABL. book-ABL.SG. see-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND. lie_on-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND. cat-ABL.SG=and.

I see the three books, as well as the cat lying on them.

Explicit and unmarked topic

Explicit topic (iḍiṭa tatsampra) is typically used for marking an element that has a semantic but not syntactic role in the sentence. Many basic sentences make use of explicit topicalization, such as existentials, predicative possessions, or telling one's age:

yuna ba mūmaiḍor̃esi lo.
yuna ba mūmaiḍor̃-esi lo-∅-∅-∅
1SG.DIR. TOPIC. 1912-ORD.DIR. go-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND.

I am in my 1912th year of age. (i.e. I am 2010.)[18]
yuna ba ñältēve tedīya.
yuna ba ñält-ēve ta<ı>dī-∅-∅-a
1SG.DIR. TOPIC. sister-DIR.DU. PLACE.stand.PERF-EXP-PAT-3.IND.

I have two sisters.
yuna ba līvā śulka dvārma amyūva.
yuna ba līv-ā śulka dvārma a-myū-∅-∅-a
1SG.DIR. TOPIC. apartment-LOC.SG. five.DIR. room.DIR.SG. PERF-lie.MASSES-EXP-PAT-PERF.3.IND.

In my apartment there are five rooms.

Verb phrase

Positional-classificatory verbs

Positional and classificatory verbs are the most lexically complex part of Dundulanyä verbs, together with the rich system of positional prefixes which is a distinguishing feature of the language. Such roots are used to describe states of people, animals and objects, as well as the ways in which they are carried, brought or pulled.

Positional-classificatory verbs are categorized for two dimensions: the nature of the patient and the nature of the action. According to the nature of the patient, positional-classificatory verbs are distinguished by their reference to the following categories:

  • Spherical objects, or otherwise with approximately the same width, length and height;
  • Long objects (much greater in one dimension than in the others), generally stiff;
  • Ropes or other long, non-stiff objects (e.g. palm leaves);
  • People, children, pets and farm animals; dolls and plush toys in the shape of humans or animals;
  • Masses or generic/uncategorized objects, as well as figurative meanings;
  • Non-contained liquids;
  • Contained liquids;
  • Contained masses of (homogeneous) solids, e.g. seeds, flour;
  • Contained masses of heterogeneous solids, or mixed bundles;
  • Sheets, paper sheets, slabs, also rocks;
  • Large objects that cannot be carried by humans, as well as wild animals.

According to the nature of the action, positional-classificatory verbs are:

  • Stative-existential:
    • Horizontal ("to be; to lie");
    • Seated ("to be; to sit");
    • Vertical ("to be; to stand");
  • Verbs of placing:
    • Horizontal ("to put, lay");
    • Seated ("to put, seat");
    • Vertical ("to put, place");
  • Verbs of carrying:
    • in the hands or arms;
    • on the head;
    • on the back;
    • by vehicle;
  • Verbs of pulling, dragging;
  • Verbs of throwing.

For most patient natures, the stative-existential meaning is the perfect of the corresponding verb of placing; however, the "people, children, pets and farm animals" category uses the bare root as the stative-existential and the causative as the corresponding verb of placing. All patient nature categories except for "spherical objects" and "contained heterogenous masses" are differentiated in the horizontal stative-existential/placing category, although the horizontal root for the "large objects/wild animals" category is the same one used for vertical position for the "people, children, pets and farm animals" category. In all other action nature categories there is at least one root used for two or more patient nature classes, or at least one such class which lacks a root.

Not all intersections of patient nature and action nature have a corresponding verb; for example, there are no verbs of carrying for the "large objects that cannot be carried by humans/wild animals", nor have most categories verbs for seated and vertical positions. As an extreme example, the "non-contained liquids" category only has the horizontal stative-existential/placing verb and the verb of throwing (which can be simply translated as "to splash").

The verbs of putting, placing and throwing furthermore correspond to verbs of giving when used together with a dative termination, e.g. mārat tyūhya "I give/hand you the mango"; tūfītha śravūbasin "We throw you the balls"[19]. The ablative marker, meanwhile, forms verbs of taking from verbs of putting, and verbs of catching from verbs of throwing, e.g. snīghidat hāsyūvi "you take the sheet", mārat dūṇū gātyuyūh "I take the mango out of the box"; tūfat śrūyūh "I catch the ball".

Some positional-classificatory verbs have acquired further meanings, for example the reflexive of "to put down a non-contained liquid" (or, simply, "to pour") means "to rain", which can then also be specified with the cislocative prefix: cf. ijmaika (id-s-me-ik-a) "it's raining [here]", līlā idemaika (id-eme-ik-a) "it has rained in Līlah [we are/were in another city]", līlā ijemaika (id-s-eme-ik-a) "it has rained in Līlah [we are/were there]".

The following table indicates all positional-classificatory verb roots with the respective ablaut classes:

Dundulanyä positional-classificatory verb roots
→ Action nature
↓ Patient nature
Stative-existential Placing Carrying Pulling, dragging Throwing
To be, lie To be, sit To be, stand To put, lay To put, seat To put, place
(vertically)
In the hands/arms On the head On the back By vehicle
Spherical/proportionate (utyuva) - - √tyu- (0) - - √yup- (0) - - √klem- (II) - √śro- (III)
Long, stiff objects (akā) (achāsa) √kā- (0) √chās- (0) √dom- (III) √lon- (III) √yaṅk- (I) √eñj- (II) √khol- (III) √kon- (III)
Ropes
Long, non stiff objects
(apṣma) - √pṣam- (I) - ta-√pṣam- (I) - - -
People, children
Pets and farm animals
Dolls, plush toys
-√oṭ- (III)
(-uɂuṭa)
-√ko- (III)
(-akūva)
-√de- (II)
(-edīya)
-√oṭ-on- (III) -√ko-on (III)
(-kavon-)
-√de-on- (II)
(-dayon-)
-√tol- (III) √yaṅk- (I) √eñj- (II) - √yug- (0)
Masses, generic/uncategorized
Contained, heterogeneous masses
Figurative
(amyūva) - - √myo- (II) - - ta-√myo- (II) - √ilm- (0) √kon- (III)
Non-contained liquids (emīya) √me- (II) - - √mañc- (0)
Contained liquids (uśuma) √śom- (III) √pse- (II) √lon- (III) √so- (III) √klem- (II) -
Contained masses of homogeneous solids (aiya) √ī- (0) √ilm- (0)
Contained masses of heterogeneous solids
Mixed bundles
(utyuva) √tyu- (0) √yup- (0) √ilm- (0) √klem- (II) √śro- (III)
Sheets, paper sheets
Slabs, rocks
(ahāsa) √hās- (0) ta-√hās- (0) √khol- (III) √yug- (0)
Large objects that cannot be carried
Wild animals
(-edīya) (utūṣa) (achāsa) -√de- (II) √tvoṣ- (III) √chās- (0) - - - √khol- (III) √khol- (III) -
To wear, put on, take off

Dundulanyä does not have a single verb for "to wear", "to put on", or "to take off" when related to clothing: instead, there is a subset of positional-classificatory verbs dependent on the part of the body the piece of clothing is worn on.

Unlike other positional-classificatory verbs, most of these verbs are not root verbs, but are formed with otherwise no longer productive denominal derivations (-ā- or a chroneme).

These verbs are completely regular and built in a logical way and are always used with a specific positional prefix (see, however, the "long sleeves" and "blanket" verbs, which have the same root but a different prefix).

Clothing type/body part To wear/to put on To take off Related root
Any clothing bandaged around the body, plus most things worn around the trunk
(Most generic verb, but does not cover all other meanings)
kamidrāh
kamyadrām
(kami-dr-ā-)
kamidrāyah
(kami-dr-ā-y-)
udra "trunk"
Shoes, socks, anything else on the feet and/or ankles kamijunāyāh
kamyujunāyām
(kami-junai-ā-)
kamijunēyah
(kami-junai-ā-y-[20])
junai "foot"
Head and neck (hats, caps, tiaras, necklaces...) nibumbīh
nyubumbīm
(ni-bumbi-:-)
nibumbīyah
(ni-bumbi-:-y-)
bumbi "head"
Hands, wrists (gloves, bracelets...) kamihäɂlīh
kamyahäɂlīm
(kami-häɂli-:-)
kamihäɂlīyah
(kami-häɂli-:-y-)
häɂli "hand"
Legs (except bandaged-around clothing that also covers the trunk)
Trousers, pants
gānādɂāh
gānādɂām
(gā-nādɂ-ā-)
gānādɂāyah
(gā-nādɂ-ā-y-)
nādah "leg"
Something with (long) sleeves nisnīghah
nīsnīgham
(ni-snīgh-)
nisnīghyah
(ni-snīgh-y-)
itself a root √snīgh- (0) "to cover"
Blankets (not worn) snīghah (isnīgham)
kamisnīghah (kamīsnīgham)
(kami-snīgh-)
kamisnīghyah
(kami-snīgh-y-)

"To wear" and "to be wearing" may be expressed most commonly with the perfect form, but sometimes the patient-trigger forms are interpreted this way; the frequentative is always used with this meaning. "To put on" is commonly emphasized by using the agent trigger; as shown above, "to put off" is expressed by using the ablative motion marker -y-.

Telicity in perception verbs

A subset of Dundulanyä verbs are known as "perception verbs" and, while generally grammatically regular, they deserve a specific subsection in an English-language grammar as, syntactically and semantically, they are inherently different from the corresponding English verbs.

In this subset of verbs, the semantic patient is the one who undergoes the experience of perceiving (seeing, knowing, lacking, etc.), due to the non-volitional nature of the action described.

Perception verbs are therefore inherently atelic and intransitive: the semantic patient is the perceiver, while the perceived thing is an ablative argument. In this respect, it could be said that Dundulanyä extends to physical perception the syntactic treatment of feelings. See for example the two following sentences, both using different perception verbs:

jñū meśah.
jñu-ū meś-∅-∅-h
tree-ABL.SG. see-EXP-PAT-1SG.IND.PRES.

I see the tree.
nenūya chläh.
nena-ū=ya chlä-∅-∅-h
voice-ABL.SG=2SG. be_happy-EXP-PAT-1SG.IND.PRES.

I'm happy to hear from you.

Perception verbs include many common roots in the language, such as √meś- (to see), √śod- (to know, understand), √nely- (to think), √chlä- (to be happy, glad), √śeñc- (to lack, miss), √vart- (to need), √hend- (to hear), √hälp̃- (to be moved, touched), √lom̃b̃- (to like), or √kol- (to forget).

From most atelic roots, telic transitive verbs can be derived by means of different prefixes (most commonly ta- (here), sam- (to the next one), mīram- (towards), pad- (beyond), sve- (full, all); where the action is conceptualized as negative also viṣ- (away), but more specific meanings can be formed through other prefixes). The results are lexicalized verbs, which are often better translated using different English verbs; cf. the following ones:

  • meś- (to see) → ta-meś- (to watch);
  • śod- (to know, understand) → saṃ-śod- (to learn) → causative saṃ-śod-on- (to teach);
  • hend- (to hear) → ta-hend- (to listen);
  • śeñc- (to lack, miss) → vikṣeñc- (viṣ-śeñc-) (to renounce);
  • vart- (to need) → ta-vart- (to require, demand);
  • kol- (to forget) → viṣ-kol- (to purposefully forget).

Vocabulary

Kinship terminology

Dundulanyä kinship terminology reflects the traditional clan-centric structure of their society; even if contemporary society does not have anymore the clan (lilene) as its main unit, kinship terminology hasn't changed and surnames (clan names) are still inherited matrilinearly.

Dundulanyä kinship conceptually follows a variant of the Iroquois system that gives more importance to female relatives on both the mother and the father's side of the family tree, establishing the mother's clan as primary and the father's clan (i.e. the one continued by the father's sisters') as secondary for Ego; the children of either parent's brothers are considered to belong to their respective mothers' clans, without any relationship to Ego.

Such a system is characterized by three peculiarities:

  • the children of Ego's mother's sister(s), as well as any maternal halfsibling, are referred to with the same terms used for biological siblings. In the traditional societal structure, they all belong to the same clan as Ego. Marriage between the Ego and such cousins is taboo and prohibited by law;
  • the children of Ego's father's sister(s) are referred to with a set of "cousin" terms; they all belong to the same clan as Ego's father;
  • the children of either parent's brother(s), as well as any paternal halfsibling, are referred to with another, simpler set of "cousin" terms; in traditional perspective, they belong to other clans, with no relationship to Ego[21].

The traditional clanic structure is also reflected by the fact that in Archaic Dundulanyä the same word could mean both "father" and - even more commonly, in earlier times - "mother's brother". In some areas it is still common to call one's mother's brother, as long as he's unmarried, with the same word used for "father".
Mother's brother and father's brother have distinct words, but the words for the father's brother (and his spouse) are nowadays uncommon, and the same words būttra and būkṣāma are used, respectively, for both parents' brothers and their spouses.

The Dundulanyä clan-centric kinship terminology also has implications in affinal distinctions, as spouses of relatives are treated differently depending on clan relationship, and Ego's spouse's relatives, especially cross-generational ones, are also treated differently depending on their clans. Affinal distinctions are different depending on whether Ego is female or male.

  • amamū — mother
    • , māmu — mom
  • atabū or batū — father; (arch.) mother's brother
    • , bābu — dad
  • niyāni or nyāni or nēni — grandmother, grandma
  • bauji or bābuji or boji — grandfather, grandpa
  • mamūniyāni — great-grandmother
  • batūbauji — great-grandfather
  • yoyiniyāni — great-great-grandmother
  • yoyibauji — great-great-grandfather
    • earlier ancestors are numbered, e.g. Ego's great-grandparent's grandma is hälinaika yoyiniyāni (lit. "second great-great-grandmother") whose father is Ego's kiṅkesi yoyibauji (lit. "third great-great-grandfather") and so on.
  • māmūtra — mother's sister
    • udhibande — mother's sister's spouse
  • melahbūla — father's sister
    • kubḍande — father's sister's spouse
  • būttra — uncle; (formally) mother's brother; (arch.) father
    • būkṣāma — uncle's spouse; (formally) mother's brother's spouse
  • kāḫlan — (rare) father's brother
    • kāḫṛnīma — (rare) father's brother's spouse
  • maiha — daughter; offspring, Ego's child
  • p̃aiṣu — son
  • liṭīca — granddaughter
  • läṭine (V abl.) — grandson
    • further descendants are numbered, e.g. hälinaika liṭīca "great-granddaughter" (lit. "second granddaughter") etc.

Siblings and cousins

  • ñältah — (male's) sister; sister; sibling; maternal aunt's daughter
  • buneya — female's elder sister; maternal aunt's daughter, older than Ego
  • kālike — female's younger sister; maternal aunt's daughter, younger than Ego
  • glūḫam — (female's) brother; maternal aunt's son
  • praśke — male's elder brother; maternal aunt's son, older than Ego
  • naiḍe — male's younger brother; maternal aunt's son, younger than Ego
  • būlañältah — (male's) paternal aunt's daughter
  • būlabuneya — paternal aunt's daughter, older than a female Ego
  • būlakālike — paternal aunt's daughter, younger than a female Ego
  • būlaglūḫam — (female's) paternal aunt's son
  • būlapraśke — paternal aunt's son, older than a male Ego
  • būlanaiḍe — paternal aunt's son, younger than a male Ego
  • tuṃsīca — daughter of one's parent's brother
  • toṃsine (III abl.) — son of one's parent's brother

The following four couplets are used for siblings' children:

  • nimīca — (F) older sister's daughter
  • nämine (V abl.) — (F) older sister's son
  • trīca — (F) younger sister's daughter / (M) sister's daughter
  • tarine (I abl.) — (F) younger sister's son / (M) sister's son
  • kiḍīca — (M) older brother's daughter
  • käḍine (V abl.) — (M) older brother's son
  • huɂīca — (M) younger brother's daughter / (F) brother's daughter
  • hoɂine (III abl.) — (M) younger brother's son / (F) brother's son

Affinal relationships

  • lalāba — wife
  • śuthah (ṛ-stem) — husband
  • umāgi — mother-in-law
  • umausa — father-in-law
  • lāmati — husband's sister
    • lāṅgana — husband's sister's spouse
  • śuthṝṣra — husband's brother
    • śuthṝṣārya — husband's brother's spouse
  • udhilalāba — wife's sister
  • udhilalonde — wife's sister's spouse
  • gānoḍa — wife's brother
  • gānojāma — wife's brother's spouse

Colours

Dundulanyä people traditionally distinguish 13 basic colours (hīmba), with the notable presence of two heavily culturally significant ones: golden yellow and lilac:

Colour Noun Verb
to be …
Prototypical example
Black śyūda śyūdah
Blue, also dark green kāmila kāmilah
Brown tūnya tūnyah
Golden yellow chlīm̃a chlīm̃ah
Gray nijam nijmah
Green bhāca bhācah
Light yellow khañja khañjah
Lilac kalya kalyah
Orange cände cändah
Pink kīlana kīlanah
Red ūnika ūnikah
Violet, dark lilac somye somih
White pāṇḍa pāṇḍah

Time

The Dundulanyä calendar counts the 418-day Eventoan solar year (naṃśāla), divided into 14 months (asānai, sg. asāna) of varying length (30 days on average), as well as a concurrent (not numbered) shorter cycle, called juñśätanä (from Lannä zunosä tanäy "count of days") of 216 days, which forms the basis of the "week" system, dividing that number of days into 18 "weeks" of 12 days each.

The solar year is not exactly 418 days long (the exact amount being roughly 418.1668 days), so that each sixth calendar year is a 419-day long leap year, adding one day at the end of the last month. The 418- or 419-day year and 216-day juñśätanä are grouped together into 78-year cycles (151 juñśätanä), where the 78th year is a leap year (the thirteenth in such a cycle) and the 151st juñśätanä also adds a single day (hence having a length of 217 days), so that both counts end on the same day (the 32,617th of the cycle) at the end of the 78th solar year / 151st juñśätanä.

The start of the calendar year is on the Southern hemisphere fall equinox, while days start at dawn. Months are grouped according to astronomical seasons of the Southern hemisphere, but it is the same nevertheless in the few areas of the Dundulanyä world north of the Equator; these are not immediately related to climatical seasons, as the Dundulanyä heartlands of Taktapṣikha have a monsonic climate with two distinct seasons and most of the Dundulanyä live in areas with tropical or equatorial climates.

Eleven out of the fourteen month names are related to constellations transited through during that month; two of them (the eighth and eleventh months) are related to religion and one (the last month of the year) is related to climatical conditions of Taktapṣikha.

Months of the Dundulanyä calendar
No. Month Days Name meaning
1 pārthuka 30 of the chameleon (pṛthuka)
2 uṣraumaṇa 29 of the uṣrūmaṇa (a small tree-dwelling bear)
3 gurūṣaikha 31 of the gurūṣikhe (a spirit related to millet sowing in Dundulanyä mythology and folklore)
4 saiśva 29 of the antelope (siśu)
5 nēlila 31 of the albatros (nälila)
6 kaulika 30 of the Lusaṃrītene red monkey (kulika)
7 laum̃am̃a 30 of the lūm̃am̃a (a quail-like bird)
8 sisauklaulya 30 sacred month, "month of the sacred blooming"
9 gaulkaɂa 30 of the coral (gulkah)
10 m̃ālasaiṣama 29 of the m̃ālasiṣama (a type of snake)
11 bhṛtaupala 30 of the oboes[22]
12 maimaṇa 29 of the eel (mīmaṇa)
13 nāraima 30 of the jaguar (nārema)
14 camibhāca 30/31 great green

The Eventoan day is about 34.8 Earth hours long, and there is no uniform standard to divide it among the various parts of the planet. The Dundulanyä divide the day into 48 (4012) subdivisions called garaṇai (singular garaṇa), each one about 43.5 Earth minutes long. The day is, for timekeeping and time expressions, divided starting at sunrise into seven periods, called gūsai (literally "cuts", sg. gūsa), the first six of six garaṇai each and the last one of twelve garaṇai.

All seven gūsai are named, and the last hour of each one has a special name[23]:

  1. raṇivu (r) "morning"; the sixth hour (6r.0.00) is sonda tūnuḍu or sonda (literally "early call");
  2. mīmṛdauna (m) "midday"; the sixth hour, noon (6m.0.00) is lalla dāvan "highest sun";
  3. saṃlallai (s), pl. tantum, "afternoon"; the sixth hour (6s.0.00) is ṭheba tūnuḍu or ṭheba "late call";
  4. anuśamvīrä (n), pl. tantum, "late afternoon" (before-sunset); the sixth hour (6n.0.00) is śanu "sunset"
  5. śusva (ś) "evening"; the sixth hour (6ś.0.00) is prācikha "last offering", i.e. closure of dinner;
  6. okṣṇi lalēni or okṣṇīrä (k) "growing night"; the sixth hour (6k.0.00) is tiḫa "midnight";
  7. lalēni (l) "night"; the twelfth hour (10l.0.00) is hāreṇe (e-stem) "dawn".

Other hours are simply named using ordinal numbers and the locative of the gūsa, e.g. raṇibbā lumpyä "first in the morning", mīmṛdaunā hälinaika "second in the midday", anuśamvīrän śulkesi "fifth in the late afternoon".

Each garaṇa is divided into four timeframes called railai (singular raila) - about 10.8 Earth minutes - further divided into 30 (2612) units known as nartī (singular narti) - a little less than 22 Earth seconds each.
Nartī are divided into eight nīmaṣi (sg. nīmaṣe) - 2.72 Earth seconds - which are further divided into twelve idimaṣi (sg. idimaṣe) - 0.227 Earth seconds.

"Thinking" in Dundulanyä

The English verb "to think" may be translated in different ways in Dundulanyä. Its meaning "to think" in the sense of imagining or communicating in one's own mind is translated by the root √nely-:

kata tho nelyah. — I'm thinking about you.
nelyāpah jallah. — I think, therefore I am.

When "to think" is used in order to state one's opinion, Dundulanyä makes the distinction of that thing being a personal opinion based on experience or trustable facts (root √sām-) or an uncertain opinion, often because of mere sensation (still √nely-) (much like the Danish distinction between at synes and at tro). Both verbs require the quotative particle tati:

duljive umūm tati sāmūh. — I think the movie is good. (for I have seen it)
duljive umūm tati nelyah. — I think the movie is good. (but I haven't seen it)

√sām- is used also to state one's opinion about a situation (still requiring tati) as well as in the construction (2SG) inyo, better translated as "if I were you" (needs a subjunctive verb):

taśive umūm tati sāmūh. — I think it's a good idea.
viṣam guntai kata inyo sāmūh. — if I were you, I'd buy the other one. (note imperfective subjunctive)
viṣam uguntai kata inyo sāmūh. — if I were you, I'd have bought the other one. (perfective subjunctive here)

√nely-, on the other hand, is used in the past to state something that was thought to be one way but turned out not to be. Also, it is used for future forecasts:

nälte nilavā tati nilin, lalla dāvan cāhin jallīyās. — I thought it was 4:00 in the morning, but it was already lalla dāvan (7:00 in the morning).
kaṅga naṅgaśaurulu tati inilyam hä ! — I thought you were from Naṅgaśūra! (the perfect here could also be translated as "until now, I had been thinking ...")
prānilau idmaiṣyika tati nelyah. — I think it's going to rain tomorrow.

Note that √nely- is a perception verb, as defined above, and therefore intransitive, unlike √sām-.

Still, it's better not to translate directly "to think" as √nely- as in many cases Dundulanyä simply uses an evidential marker:

ut drävūnī. — I think (s)he did it. (= apparently, (s)he did it)
ut drebūnī. — I think (s)he did it, but it's probably not so. (= apparently, (s)he did it, but probably not)
duljive umūm emi. — I've been told the movie is good.

Sensorial and emotional beauty

There are two Dundulanyä words that translate to "beautiful": lītanah (√lītan-) and ñäheyah (√ñähey-). While conceptually similar, they are often not interchangeable: ñäheyah refers to sensorial beauty, while lītanah to beauty in an emotional sense. Some examples:

naṅgaḍuk padimiśura ñäheya. — the view on the lake is beautiful. (note also how padimiśura (a view) requires dative case on its argument)
lelḫe hiyo lītana. — life here is beautiful.
huline ñäheya. — the woman is beautiful. (i.e. her appearance is beautiful)
huline lītana. — the woman is beautiful. (i.e. she has many good qualities)

The derived nouns ñähejña (with a rarer variant ñähīna) and lītanna may be translated as "outer beauty" and "inner beauty" respectively.

Personal names

Main article: Dundulanyä names

Example texts

Brif, bruf, braf

A Dundulanyä translation of the tale "Brif, bruf, braf" by Gianni Rodari (from Favole al telefono (Telephone Tales), 1962).

rirä epena chir̃ā hajirāmitā viṣkaṇai idumū śudai vaininenaikūvai buɂibī vikṣlotadīra ḫamfat nisākhūra.
brif, braf tati lumpyä epenē nīnī.
braf, brof tati hälinaikē nīnī – epeneve cai thiɂlikai gālora.
hälinaika mirābā bhāvaṭā samprātrat meṣra geṇṭha ṭarghe takūnī yiyūnīṅ itta pāmyūva śucislam meṣṛga va gorcaga tabon geṇṭha huline raudī.
āqna ī āna epeneve omulṣäḍa tati hulinē nīnī.
meṣra ṭarghe sā prānīgūvī va:
«śāṃgūh va.»
«epenev vainayanūhin uśudam tati niṣigūvī va itta īśa niṣyūvī?»
«yaivū itta uśudam. laire ī lītana tati lumpyä epenē nīnī. prānilau didya didya lītaniṣya tati hälinaikē pānīnīṅ.»
huline viṣpriṣṭūnī, epeneve sā ḫamfīhin vainīkūvai sebāre gaulura himena hijrī.
maraski, barabaski, pippirimoski tati lumpyä nīnī.
bruf tati hälinaikē pānīnī. yāyukaneve cai sebāre ēthäɂligḍa.
didya kamīne yaivū uśudam tati naig va tati idatvaḫa geṇṭha hulinē niqirblī.
yaivū itta uśudah tati p̃āja geṇṭha ṭarghē pānīnī. hine lilapā himena hulīce chläba tati lumpyä nīnī. lilapa lītanlītana tati hälinaikē pānīnīṅ.
lilapa ba sā raṅgrī lītanaś tati geṇṭha hulinē saṃśamī.
brif, bruf, braf tati geṇṭha ṭarghē pānīnī.

Original Italian:

Due bambini, nella pace del cortile, giocavano a inventare una lingua speciale per poter parlare tra loro senza far capire nulla agli altri.
- Brif, braf, - disse il primo.
- Braf, brof, - rispose il secondo. E scoppiarono a ridere.

Su un balcone del primo piano c'era un vecchio buon signore a leggere il giornale, e affacciata alla finestra dirimpetto c'era una vecchia signora né buona né cattiva.
- Come sono sciocchi quei bambini, - disse la signora.
Ma il buon signore non era d'accordo:
- Io non trovo.
- Non mi dirà che ha capito quello che hanno detto.
- E invece ho capito tutto. Il primo ha detto: che bella giornata. Il secondo ha risposto: domani sarà ancora più bello.

La signora arricciò il naso ma stette zitta, perché i bambini avevano ricominciato a parlare nella loro lingua.
- Maraschi, barabaschi, pippirimoschi, - disse il primo.
- Bruf, - rispose il secondo. E giù di nuovo a ridere tutti e due.
- Non mi dirà che ha capito anche adesso, - esclamò indignata la vecchia signora.
- E invece ho capito tutto, - rispose sorridendo il vecchio signore. - Il primo ha detto: come siamo contenti di essere al mondo. E il secondo ha risposto: il mondo è bellissimo.
- Ma è poi bello davvero? - insisté la vecchia signora.
- Brif, bruf, braf, - rispose il vecchio signore.

English translation (sourced from here):

In the quiet of the courtyard, two children played by making up their own language to speak to one another without anyone else understanding what they said.
“Brif, braf,” said the first.
“Braf, brof,” answered the second. And they burst out laughing.

On the second-floor balcony was a kind old man reading his newspaper, and looking down from the opposite window was an old woman who was neither good nor bad.
“How foolish these children are,” said the woman.
But the good man disagreed: “I don’t think so.”
“Don’t tell me that you understood what they were saying.”
“Actually, I understood everything. The first said: ‘What a beautiful day.’ The second replied: ‘Tomorrow will be even better.’”

The woman turned up her nose but remained silent as the children began speaking in their own language once again.
“Maraschi, barabaschi, pippirimoschi,” said the first.
“Bruf,” replied the second. And both fell on the floor laughing once again.
“Don’t tell me that you understood them this time,” exclaimed the woman crossly.
“Actually, I understood everything,” answered the old man with a laugh. The first said: ‘How happy we are to be in this world.’ The second replied: ‘The world is so beautiful.’”
“But is it really so beautiful?” demanded the old woman.
“Brif, bruf, braf,” replied the old man.

Gloss:

rirä epena chir̃ā hajirāmitā viṣkaṇai idumū śudai vaininenaikūvai buɂibī vikṣlotadīra ḫamfat nisākhūra.
rirä epen-a chir̃-ā hajirāmit-ā viṣkaṇ-ai idum-ū śud-∅-∅-ai vaininenā-∅-ikū-ai buɂib-ī vikṣlotadīr-∅-∅-a ḫamfa-t ni-sākh-∅-ū-ra.
two. child-DIR.SG. courtyard-LOC.SG. quiet-LOC.SG. other.PERS-DIR.PL. nothing-ABL. understand-EXP-PAT-IMPF.3.SUBJ. talk.POT-EXP-REC-IMPF.3.SUBJ. game-ESS.SG. special-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND. language-ACC.SG. create-EXP-AG-PAST.3DU.IND.

In the quiet of the courtyard, two children played by making up their own language to speak to one another without anyone else understanding what they said.
brif, braf tati lumpyä epenē nīnī.
brif, braf tati lumpyä epen-ē nī-∅-∅-(n)ī
(asemic), (asemic) QUOT. first. child-ERG.SG. say-EXP.PAT-PAST.3SG.IND.

“Brif, braf,” said the first.
braf, brof tati hälinaikē nīnī – epeneve cai thiɂlikai gālora.
brif, braf tati hälinaik-ē nī-∅-∅-(n)ī – epen-eve cai thiɂl-∅-ik-ai gā-lo-∅-∅-ra
(asemic), (asemic) QUOT. second-ERG.SG. say-EXP-PAT-PAST.3SG.IND. – child-DIR.DU. and_so.EMPH. laugh-EXP-REFL-IMPF.3.SUBJ. into-walk-EXP-PAT-PAST.3DU.IND.

“Braf, brof,” answered the second. And they burst out laughing.
hälinaika mirābā bhāvaṭā samprātrat meṣra geṇṭha ṭarghe takūnī yiyūnīṅ itta pāmyūva śucislam meṣṛga va gorcaga tabon geṇṭha huline raudī.
hälinaika mirāb-ā bhāvaṭ-ā samprātra-t meṣr-∅-∅-a geṇṭh-∅-∅-a ṭarghe ta-kū-∅-∅-(n)ī yiy-∅-ū-(n)ī=ṅ itta pā-myū-∅-∅-a śucisl0m-∅ meṣr-∅-g-∅-a va gorc-∅-g-∅-a tabon geṇṭh-∅-∅-a huline rau-di-∅-∅-ī.
second. floor-LOC.SG. balcony-LOC.SG. newspaper-ACC.SG. kind-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND. old-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND. man.DIR.SG. PLACE-sit-EXP-PAT-PAST.3SG.IND. read-EXP-AG-PAST.3SG.IND=and. meanwhile. opposite-be.GENERIC_MASSES-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND. window-BOUND.SG. kind-EXP-IRR-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND. NEG. mean-EXP-IRR-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND. neither. old-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND. woman.DIR.SG. protruding-stay-EXP-PAT-PAST.3SG.IND.

On the second-floor balcony was a kind old man reading his newspaper, and looking down from the opposite window was an old woman who was neither good nor bad.
āqna ī āna epeneve omulṣäḍa tati hulinē nīnī.
āqna ī āna epen-eve omulṣä-∅-∅-ḍa tati hulin-ē nī-∅-∅-(n)ī
QUANTITY.DISTAL. indeed. that.DISTAL. child.DIR.DU. silly-EXP-PAT-PRES-3DU.IND. QUOT. woman-ERG.SG. say-EXP.PAT-PAST.3SG.IND.

“How foolish these children are,” said the woman.
meṣra ṭarghe sā prānīgūnī va: «śāṃgūh va».
meṣr-∅-∅-a ṭarghe sā prānī-∅-g-ū-(n)ī va: «śām-∅-g-ū-h va».
kind-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND. man.DIR.SG. but.EMPH. agree-EXP-IRR-AG-PAST.3SG.IND. NEG. think-EXP-IRR-AG-PRES.1SG.IND. NEG.

But the good man disagreed: “I don’t think so.”
epenev vainayanūhin uśudam tati niṣigūvī va itta īśa niṣyūvī?
epen-ev vainayan-ū=hin uśud-∅-∅-m tati ni-ṣy-∅-g-ū-ī va itta īśa ni-ṣy-∅-ū-ī?
child-BOUND.DU. conversation-ABL.SG=3DU.POSS. understand.PERF-EXP-PAT-1SG.IND. QUOT. say-FUT-EXP-IRR-AG-2SG.IND. NEG. while. POLAR_INTERR.EMPH. say-FUT-EXP-AG-2SG.IND.

Don’t tell me that you understood what they were saying.
yaivū itta uśudam. laire ī lītana tati lumpyä epenē nīnī. prānilau didya didya lītaniṣya tati hälinaikē pānīnīṅ.
yaiv-ū itta uśud-∅-∅-m. laire ī lītan-∅-∅-a tati lumpyä epen-ē nī-∅-∅-(n)ī. prānilau didya didya lītan-iṣy-∅-∅-a tati hälinaik-ē pānī-∅-∅-(n)ī=ṅ.
all-ABL. meanwhile. understand.PERF-EXP-PAT-1SG.IND. day.DIR.SG. indeed. beautiful-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND. QUOT. first. child-ERG.SG. say-EXP.PAT-PAST.3SG.IND. tomorrow. more. more. beautiful-FUT-EXP-PAT-3.IND. QUOT. second-ERG.SG. answer-EXP.PAT-PAST.3SG.IND=and.

Actually, I understood everything. The first said: "What a beautiful day." The second replied: "Tomorrow will be even better."
huline viṣpriṣṭūnī, epeneve sā ḫamfīhin vainīkūvai sebāre gaulura himena hijrī.
huline viṣpriṣṭ-∅-ū-(n)ī, epen-eve sā ḫamf-ī=hin vainī-∅-ikū-ai sebāre gā-ulu-∅-∅-ra himena hijr-∅-∅-ī.
woman.DIR.SG. frown_away-EXP-AG-PAST.3SG.IND. child-DIR.DU. but.EMPH. language-INSTR.SG=3DU.POSS. talk-EXP-REC-IMPF.3.SUBJ. again. into-walk.PERF-EXP-3.IND. herefore. be_silent-EXP-PAT-PAST.3SG.IND.

The woman turned up her nose but remained silent as the children began speaking in their own language once again.
maraski, barabaski, pippirimoski tati lumpyä nīnī.
maraski, barabaski, pippirimoski tati lumpyä nī-∅-∅-(n)ī
(asemic), (asemic), (asemic) QUOT. first.ERG.SG. say-EXP.PAT-PAST.3SG.IND.

“Maraschi, barabaschi, pippirimoschi,” said the first.
bruf tati hälinaikē pānīnī. yāyukaneve cai sebāre ēthäɂligḍa.
bruf tati hälinaik-ē pānī-∅-∅-(n)ī. yāyukan-eve cai sebāre ēthäɂl-∅-ik-ḍa
(asemic) QUOT. second-ERG.SG. reply-EXP-PAT-PAST.3SG.IND. – both-DIR.DU. and_so.EMPH. again. laugh.INTENS-EXP-REFL-IMPF.3DU.

“Bruf,” replied the second. And both fell on the floor laughing once again.
didya kamīne – yaivū uśudam tati naigū va tati idatvaḫa geṇṭha hulinē niqirblī.
didya kamīne – yaiv-ū uśud-∅-∅-m tati nai-g-ū-∅ va tati id<a>tvaḫ-∅-∅-a geṇṭh-∅-∅-a hulin-ē niqirbl-∅-∅-ī
all-ABL. understand.PERF-EXP-PAT-1SG.IND. QUOT. say.IMP-IRR-AG-3. NEG. QUOT. offend.PERF-EXP-PAT-3.IND. old-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND. woman-ERG.SG. exclaim-EXP.PAT-PAST.3SG.IND.

“Don’t tell me that you understood them this time,” exclaimed the woman crossly.
yaivū itta uśudah tati p̃āja geṇṭha ṭarghē pānīnī. hine lilapā himena hulīce chläba tati lumpyä nīnī. lilapa lītanlītana tati hälinaikē pānīnīṅ.
yaiv-ū itta uśud-∅-∅-m tati p̃āj-∅-∅-a geṇṭh-∅-∅-a ṭargh-ē pānī-∅-∅-(n)ī. hine lilap-ā himena hulīce chlä-∅-∅-ba tati lumpyä nī-∅-∅-(n)ī. lilapa lītan-lītan-∅-∅-a tati hälinaik-ē pānī-∅-∅-(n)ī=ṅ
all-ABL. meanwhile. understand.PERF-EXP-PAT-1SG.IND. QUOT. smile-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND. old-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND. man-ERG.SG. answer.IMP-IRR-AG-3. this. world-LOC.SG. herefore. this_way. happy-EXP-PAT-PRES.1DU.IND. QUOT. first-ERG.SG. say-EXP.PAT-PAST.3SG.IND. world.DIR.SG. beautiful-beautiful-EXP.PAT-PRES.3SG.IND. QUOT. second-ERG.SG. answer-EXP.PAT-PAST.3SG.IND=and.

“Actually, I understood everything,” answered the old man with a laugh. The first said: ‘How happy we are to be in this world.’ The second replied: ‘The world is so beautiful.’”
lilapa ba sā raṅgrī lītanaś tati geṇṭha hulinē saṃśamī.
lilapa ba sā raṅgr-ī lītan-∅-∅-a=ś tati geṇṭh-∅-∅-a hulin-ē saṃśam-∅-∅-ī.
world.DIR.SG. TOPIC. but.EMPH. truth-ESS.SG. beautiful-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND=POLAR_INTERR. QUOT. old-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND. woman-ERG.SG. insist-EXP.PAT-PAST.3SG.IND.

“But is it really so beautiful?” demanded the old woman.
brif, bruf, braf tati geṇṭha ṭarghē pānīnī.
brif, bruf, braf tati geṇṭh-∅-∅-a ṭargh-ē pānī-∅-∅-(n)ī
(asemic) (asemic) (asemic) QUOT. old-EXP-PAT-PRES.3SG.IND. man-ERG.SG. answer.IMP-IRR-AG-3.

“Brif, bruf, braf,” replied the old man.

External history

Dundulanyä is a conlang project that I “officially” started in early December 2021 (coincidentally around the fifth anniversary since I started Chlouvānem), although it and its goals are, to a large extent, the conflation of multiple projects that I sporadically worked on for most of 2021:

  • A long process of “refinement” of Chlouvānem – that happened offline, so it was never reflected in any edit on the wiki pages here – by eliminating or changing some quirks that had formed over time and that had brought me to a standstill in working on that conlang by late 2020. Ideas for the refinement started from nominal morphology but then they eventually snowballed to the point it was impossible to implement them without basically starting the conlang anew;
  • A radical reboot of Tameï that was meant to give it an a priori language family in a slightly changed conworld setting (although still on an alternative Earth); this was the language I originally created the glottonym Dundulanyä for;
  • Various unnamed sketchlangs, mostly attempts at Hurro-Urartian diachronic conlanging, that were the results of a general interest in Ancient Near Eastern languages as a side-effect of my work on Lifashian (my “conlang of choice” for most of 2021) - although some of those ideas eventually became the "successor" to Lifashian, that is, Elodian.

Nevertheless, Dundulanyä for years has mostly been a collection of ideas still not totally parted from Chlouvānem, and it gained steam on its own only in late 2023 (first half of November), two years after its official start.

Dundulanyä is meant to be the first conlang for a sort of reboot of CalémereEventoa – as, much like in Chlouvānem itself, there had come to be quite a few things in and about Calémere that I wasn’t that sure of keeping, but changing them would have meant to change so many things about the conworld that depended on them. Eventoa, as of now (November 14, 2023) is a WIP conworld about which I'm still adding and discarding ideas nearly every time I work on it, so there’s little to be written about it – but it eventually will incorporate a few elements of Calémere. Dundulanyä will play a role in Eventoa vaguely similar to the one Chlouvānem had in Calémere, although unlike earlier conworld reboots I have decided not to trash everything away (hence why I chose a different name for Eventoa), keeping eight years’ worth of documentation about Calémere and five years’ worth about Chlouvānem intact.

See Chlouvānem § External history and Calémere § External history for more.

Compared to Chlouvānem, Dundulanyä is going to tone down somewhat the Sanskrit and particularly the Lithuanian and Japanese influences, while being more influenced by PIE itself, Hurrian, Urartian, Elamite, Anatolian languages, Akkadian, languages of the Caucasus (particularly Adyghe), and more aesthetic influences from Telugu, Kannada, Malayalam and Tamil.

See also

Notes

  1. ^ Literally "Dundulanyä our-language", with a 1PL possessive; the stylistic variant dundulanyä ḫamfarān (lit. "Dundulanyä their-language") is sometimes found in neutral contexts.
  2. ^ Class 0 is known as kuḍachiṣadīra dhopta "non-ablauting class"; the others are referred to with ordinals: lumpyä dhopta, hälinaika dhopta, kiṅkesi dhopta and so on, up to mbulesi dhopta.
  3. ^ More commonly used in the prefixed form ni-sākh- "to build, create, make".
  4. ^ In colloquial Dundulanyä, such nouns are often declined like -a nouns, given that their declensions are similar, the main difference being vowel lengthening in most forms.
  5. ^ The few e-stem common nouns in general usage include, however, frequently used words such as most notably eme "star", hāreṇe "dawn", or lilene "clan".
  6. ^ The word latiri is the plural of latire (wave, ray), but the compound itself does not have a singular form.
  7. ^ Note that the plural form Śusopai, lit. "(the) Wests", exists as a lexicalized proper noun referring to the regions of the Dundulanyä part of the West Coast of Lusaṃrīte. There is no similar usage for the other words denoting cardinal points.
  8. ^ Cf. for the irregular vowel quality also the numeral emibe "one", which has e-stem and a-stem forms throughout its declension and an u-stem combining form.
  9. ^ Cf. the reconstructed Pre-Dundulanyä forms *śad-, *(ǝ)śd-, and the evolution of the latter *[ǝʐɖ]*[ǝːɖ][aːɖ].
  10. ^ While there is no difference for most verbs, this is meaningful in the case of verbs with suppletive stems: for example, meś- has the suppletive past stem āsmy-, but the future stem is miśiṣy-.
  11. ^ While the broader political and cultural center of the Dundulanyä world remained the plains of Taktapṣikha, Śola, Śubhāla and the North Shore, at the borders of the Classical Dundulanyä world, would later become the centers of expansion of Dundulanyä culture respectively towards the western Inland Seas, the East (the Toyubeshian realms and then Jūhma), and Northern Lusaṃrīte.
  12. ^ Giant domestic lizards endemic to central Lusaṃrīte: in Dundulanyä culture and history they have a role similar to horses.
  13. ^ A typical Dundulanyä drink similar to Mesoamerican tejate.
  14. ^ As for all living things, being Eventoa a different planet, the given translation is the one of the closest equivalent on Earth.
  15. ^ Example taken from the translation activity "2034th Just Used 5 Minutes of Your Day" started by u/mareck_ on the r/conlangs subreddit, Mar 27, 2024, adapted for the purpose of this page.
  16. ^ A style of rhythmic wordless chant, used in religious chanting, Dundulanyä classical music, and even popular songs.
  17. ^ A plucked string instrument similar to a sitar, usually with seven played strings and 18 sympathetic ones.
  18. ^ Dundulanyä age reckoning counts the number of the ongoing year, not how many years have passed - thus a newborn is in their first year, and a 20-years-old is in their twenty-first year.
  19. ^ Note that, for sake of brevity, the translation used here omits that agent, patient and receiver are all dual: the more accurate translation would be "we two throw you two the two balls".
  20. ^ Irregular saṃdhi, a contraction of *kami-junāyāyah.
  21. ^ Especially in ancient times, there was some regional variation, as cousins through one's mother's brother are secondarily part of Ego's primary clan, and this was deemed an important distinction in certain areas.
  22. ^ Named after the Bhartośāvi, lit. “night(s) of oboes”, the most important religious festival of the Yunyalīlta.
  23. ^ Hour names are used for the entire hour, i.e. sonda from 6r.0.00 to 6r.3.25.